summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/78980-h/78980-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '78980-h/78980-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--78980-h/78980-h.htm7066
1 files changed, 7066 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/78980-h/78980-h.htm b/78980-h/78980-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b66cea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78980-h/78980-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7066 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+ <meta charset="UTF-8">
+ <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
+ <meta name="format-detection" content="telephone=no,date=no,address=no,email=no,url=no">
+ <title>
+ Stories of the Persian wars | Project Gutenberg
+ </title>
+ <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+ <style>
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+h1,h2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .5em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .5em;
+}
+.p4 {margin-top: 4em;}
+.fs80 {font-size: 0.8em;}
+.fs120 {font-size: 1.2em;}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: 33.5%;
+ margin-right: 33.5%;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum {
+
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: small;
+ text-align: right;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-variant: normal;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+
+.center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
+
+.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
+
+
+.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
+.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
+.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;}
+.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
+
+
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+ color: black;
+ font-size:small;
+ padding:0.5em;
+ margin-bottom:5em;
+ font-family:sans-serif, serif;
+}
+
+img {
+ max-width: 100%;
+ height: auto;
+}
+img.w100 {width: 100%;}
+
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3.0em;}
+.poetry .indent2 {text-indent: -2.0em;}
+
+table.autotable { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th { padding: 0.25em; }
+.tdl {text-align: left;}
+.tdr {text-align: right;}
+
+
+/* Illustration classes */
+.illowp45 {width: 45%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .illowp45 {width: 100%;}
+ </style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78980 ***</div>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp45" id="cover" style="max-width: 89.4375em;">
+ <img class="w100" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="">
+</figure>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<p><a id="Page_1"></a><a id="Page_2"></a><a id="Page_3"></a><a id="Page_4"></a><span class="pagenum">[Pgs 1-4]</span></p>
+
+
+<h1>
+Stories of the<br>
+<br>
+Persian Wars
+</h1>
+
+<p class="center p4 fs120">CHURCH</p>
+
+
+<p class="center p4">H. M. CALDWELL CO., PUBLISHERS</p>
+
+<p class="center">NEW YORK AND BOSTON</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5"></a><a id="Page_6"></a>[Pgs 5-6]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">
+ CONTENTS.
+ </h2>
+</div>
+<table class="autotable">
+ <tr><th class="fs80">CHAPTER</th><th></th><th class="fs80">PAGE</th></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">I.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">OF THE REVOLT OF MILETUS</a></td><td class="tdr">7</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">II.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">OF THE TAKING OF MILETUS</a></td><td class="tdr">16</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">III.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">OF THE FIRST WAR AGAINST GREECE</a></td><td class="tdr">31</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">IV.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">OF THE BATTLE OF MARATHON</a></td><td class="tdr">39</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">V.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">OF THE SONS OF ALCMÆON AND THE END OF MILTIADES</a></td><td class="tdr">49</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">VI.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">HOW PREPARATION WAS MADE FOR THE SECOND WAR AGAINST THE GREEKS</a></td><td class="tdr">57</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">VII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">OF THE SETTING FORTH OF XERXES</a></td><td class="tdr">71</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">VIII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">OF THE MARCH OF XERXES</a></td><td class="tdr">79</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">IX.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">HOW XERXES CROSSED OVER INTO EUROPE AND OF HIS ARMY</a></td><td class="tdr">89</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">X.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">OF THE MARCH OF XERXES</a></td><td class="tdr">99</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XI.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">OF THE PREPARATIONS OF THE GREEKS</a></td><td class="tdr">108</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">OF THE ARMY AND THE SHIPS OF XERXES, AND OF THE FIRST FIGHTING WITH THE GREEKS</a></td><td class="tdr">119</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XIII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">OF THE BATTLE OF THERMOPYLÆ</a></td><td class="tdr">124</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XIV.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">OF THE BATTLE OF THERMOPYLÆ (<i>Cont’d</i>)</a></td><td class="tdr">135</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XV.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">OF THE SHIPS OF THE GREEKS AT ARTEMISIUM</a></td><td class="tdr">144</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XVI.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">OF THE DEPARTURE OF THE GREEKS FROM ARTEMISIUM AND OF THE ADVANCE OF XERXES</a></td><td class="tdr">152</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XVII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">OF THE GREEKS AT SALAMIS AND OF THE CITY OF ATHENS</a></td><td class="tdr">159</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XVIII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">OF THE BATTLE OF SALAMIS</a></td><td class="tdr">170</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XIX.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">OF THE FLIGHT OF XERXES</a></td><td class="tdr">180</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XX.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">OF THE PREPARING OF THE PERSIANS AND OF THE GREEKS FOR THE WAR</a></td><td class="tdr">188</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XXI.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">OF THE BATTLE OF PLATÆA</a></td><td class="tdr">197</td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdr">XXII.</td><td class="tdl"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">OF THE BATTLE OF MYCALE</a></td><td class="tdr">214</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="THE">
+ <span class="fs80">THE</span><br><br>
+ <span class="fs120">STORY OF THE PERSIAN WAR.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_I">
+ CHAPTER I.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE REVOLT OF MILETUS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>King Darius gave Myrcinus that is on the
+river Strymon, in the land of Thrace, to Histiæus,
+lord of Miletus, for a reward; for Histiæus
+had done him good service in his warfare against the
+Scythians. But when the man began to build a wall
+about the place, one said to the King, “O King,
+what is this that thou hast done, giving this city in
+Thrace to a man that is a Greek, and wise moreover
+and crafty? For in that country is great store of
+timber for ship-building, and mines also of silver and
+there are many inhabitants, both Greeks and barbarians,
+who will take this fellow for a leader, and will
+do what he shall bid them, working day and night.
+Do thou therefore stay him in this work; but stay
+him with soft words. Bid him come to thee, and
+when he is come, take good care that he never go
+among the Greeks any more.” This counsel seemed
+good to the King. Wherefore he sent a messenger
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span>to Histiæus, saying, “Thus saith the King, I am persuaded
+that there is no man better disposed to me
+and to my kingdom than thou. Come therefore to
+me, for I have great matters in hand and would
+fain ask thy counsel about them.” So Histiæus,
+taking these words to be true, and counting it a
+great thing to be the King’s counselor, came to Sardis
+to Darius. And when he was come, Darius said
+to him, “Hear now the cause wherefore I have sent
+for thee. Since the day that thou didst depart from
+me I have desired nothing so much as to see thee and
+talk with thee; for in my judgment there is nothing
+so precious as a friend that is both faithful and wise;
+and this I know thee to be. Leave now thy city of
+Miletus, and that also which thou art building in
+Thrace, and come with me to Susa, for all that I have
+is thine, and thou shalt live with me, and be my
+counselor.”</p>
+
+<p>After this the King went up to Susa, taking Histiæus
+with him. And he left Otanes to be captain of
+them that dwell by the sea. This Otanes was the
+son of a certain Sisamnes whom, being one of the
+royal judges, and having given unrighteous judgment
+for money, King Cambyses slew; and having slain
+him, he flayed off his skin, and cutting it into strips
+stretched them on the judgment-seat. And making
+the son of Sisamnes to be judge in his father’s room,
+he bade him remember on what manner of seat
+he sat.</p>
+
+<p>In these days Miletus was the most prosperous of
+all the cities of Ionia, though it had been brought
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span>very low in the second generation before by strife
+among its citizens. This strife was healed after this
+fashion by the Parians, whom the men of Miletus
+chose out of all the Greeks to be judges in their case.
+These Parians went through the land of Miletus, and
+wheresoever they saw in the country, which was for
+most part desolate, any field well tilled, they wrote
+down the name of the master of the field. And when
+they had traversed the whole, and found not many
+such, so soon as they were come back to the city, they
+called an assembly, and made this award, that the
+men whose fields they had seen to be well tilled
+should bear rule, for they judged that such as managed
+well their own affairs would manage well the
+affairs of the State also. But now from this city of
+Miletus, and from the island of Naxos, which was the
+richest of all the islands, there came great damage to
+the men of Ionia. It happened on this wise. Certain
+of the rich men of Naxos, being banished by the
+commons, fled to Miletus, of which city one Aristagoras
+was lord in those days, being son-in-law to
+Histiæus. And when the exiles prayed him for help
+that they might come back to their own country,
+Aristagoras, thinking that if they should come back
+by his help, he should be lord of Naxos, said to them
+(and he had this pretext for helping them that they
+had been long time friends of his father in-law) “I
+cannot bring you back to Naxos against the will of
+the city, for I hear that they have eight thousand
+men at arms, and many ships of war. But I have a
+friendship with Otanes, that is brother to King
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span>Darius, and captain of them that dwell by the sea,
+and has many soldiers and ships. I will work with
+him that he shall do what ye wish.” To this the
+exiles agreed, saying that they would find pay for the
+army. Then went Aristagoras to Otanes and said to
+him, “There is a certain island of Naxos, not very
+great, but a good land and fair, and near to Ionia,
+and having in it much wealth and many slaves. If
+thou wilt make war upon this island, bringing back
+to it certain men that have been banished, thou shalt
+receive much wealth from me, over and above the
+cost of the war, for this it is just that we who desire
+it should pay; also thou wilt win for the King Naxos
+and the islands that are subject to it, and from thence
+thou wilt be able to make war on Eubœa, a great
+island and a rich, being not less than Cyprus, and
+easy to be subdued. For all this a hundred
+ships will be sufficient.” To this Otanes made
+answer, “Truly thou bringest a matter that may
+advantage the house of the King, and thy counsel is
+good, save as to the number of the ships. There
+shall be ready not one hundred, but two hundred in
+the spring season. Only the King must approve of
+the undertaking.” And when he had sent to the
+King and had his assent, he made ready two hundred
+ships of war, putting on them a great multitude
+of Persians and allies, and setting Megabates, that
+was nephew to him and to the King, to command
+them. (It was the daughter of this Megabates that
+Pausanias the Spartan would have taken to wife, if
+indeed the story be true, when he sought to make
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span>himself lord of Greece.) Megabates took with him
+Aristagoras, and many soldiers from Miletus, and the
+exiles, and sailed towards the Hellespont. But when
+he came to Chios he cast anchor, waiting for a north
+wind that he might sail to Naxos. And here—for it
+was not to be that Naxos should perish at this time—there
+befell this thing.</p>
+
+<p>As Megabates went about visiting the watches of
+the fleet, he found a ship of Myndus in Caria that
+had no watch set. Being very wroth at this, he bade
+his guards find the captain of the ship (the man’s
+name was Scylax,) and bind him in one of the tholes
+of the oars, so that his head should be without the
+ship and his body within. When the man had been
+so bound, there came one to Aristagoras saying that
+Megabates had bound Scylax of Mindus in a shameful
+fashion. Then Aristagoras entreated of Megabates
+that he would loose him; but, as he could not
+prevail, he loosed the man himself. When Megabates
+heard it he was very wroth with Aristagoras,
+who said to him, “What hast thou to do with these
+things? Wast thou not sent to do my pleasure, and
+to sail whithersoever I should bid thee? Meddle not
+then with other men’s matters.” Then Megabates,
+in his anger, sent a messenger to the Naxians, so
+soon as it was night, telling them what was preparing
+against them. Now these had not thought of any
+such thing; but when they heard it, forthwith they
+carried their goods from out of the fields into the city,
+and prepared themselves for a siege, making provision
+of food and drink. When therefore the Persians
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span>were come from Chios, they found the city of the
+Naxians defended against them; and having besieged
+it to no purpose for four months, when now all the
+money they had brought with them was spent, and
+much also that Aristagoras had furnished, they departed,
+having first built forts for the exiles. Then
+Aristagoras was in a great strait, for he could not fulfill
+the promise that he had made to the servants of
+the King, neither could he pay the money that had
+been spent upon the war, and he feared lest, falling
+into ill-favor with the Persians, being already at
+enmity with Megabates, he should loose the lordship
+of Miletus. For these causes he had it in his mind
+to revolt from the King. And while he thought
+thereon there came to him the man with the branded
+head from Histiæus at Susa, with a message that he
+should do this very thing. For Histiæus, seeking to
+send word to Aristagoras, yet not being able to send
+it safely, because the roads were guarded, devised
+this thing. He took the most faithful of his slaves
+and, shaving the man’s head, branded on it certain
+letters. And when the hair was grown again he sent
+him to Aristagoras with a message, “Look on this
+man’s head when thou hast shaven it.” Now the
+marks signified that he should revolt. And this
+Histiæus did, counting it a grievous thing that he
+was constrained to tarry at Susa; for he said to himself,
+“If there be rebellion at Miletus, doubtless I
+shall be sent down to the sea; but if not, I shall go
+there no more.” Then Aristagoras took counsel with
+his fellows, declaring to them his own judgment and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span>the message that had come to him from Susa. To
+them spake Hecatæus, the writer of chronicles.
+First he counseled them not to make war against the
+King, telling them of all the nations that he ruled
+and of his might. And when he could not persuade
+them, he said that they should certainly make themselves
+masters of the sea, and that this they could do
+only by laying hands on the treasures that had been
+given by Crœsus the Lydian to the temple of Apollo
+at Branchidæ, for these were very great, “since I
+have good hope,” said he, “that by help of these ye
+may have the upper hand at sea; any how, ye will
+have the using of them, and they will not be a spoil
+to the enemy.” But neither in this could he prevail.
+Nevertheless they made ready to revolt. And first of
+all they sent and laid hands by guile on the captains
+of the ships that had sailed against Naxos. Such of
+these men as were lords of their cities Aristagoras
+gave into the hands of their citizens to do with them
+as they would. And he gave up his own lordship at
+Miletus. Thus lordship ceased out of all the cities
+of Ionia.</p>
+
+<p>After this Aristagoras sailed to Sparta, for he had
+need to make alliance with some city that could help
+him. Now Cleomenes was King at Sparta in those
+days; to him therefore Aristagoras opened the matter,
+saying, “Marvel not, Cleomenes, that I have
+been at the pain to come hither. That we men of
+Ionia should be slaves and not free is a shame and
+grief, first indeed to us, but next to you more than
+all others, seeing that ye have the pre-eminence in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span>Greece. Do ye therefore deliver us from slavery,
+seeing that we are of the same blood with you. And
+this ye can easily do, for these barbarians have but
+small courage, in which ye, I know, excel. Their
+manner of fighting is this. They have bows and
+short spears, and for clothing they have loose tunics
+and turbans on their heads. Think then how easily
+ye can subdue them.” After this Aristagoras showed
+to the King the divers nations and countries that
+were obedient to the Persians, for he had a tablet of
+brass on which was engraven the whole compass of
+the world, with the sea and all the rivers. And he
+set forth to him in what things each was excellent,
+till he came at the last to the city of Susa. “Here,”
+he said, “is the river Choaspes with the great city of
+Susa, where the King has his palace. Here also are
+his treasures, on which if ye can lay your hands ye
+may without fear compare yourselves for riches to
+Zeus himself. What profit is there to fight, and that
+many times, for a few furlongs of barren land, with
+Messenians, men that are your match, or with Arcadians
+or Argives that have not gold or silver or any
+such thing, for the getting of which a man might
+willingly go in peril of his life, and this when ye
+might be lords of all Asia?” Then said Cleomenes,
+“Man of Miletus, I will give thee an answer in this
+matter on the third day.” And on the third, when
+they came together as had been appointed, the King
+said, “Tell me, Aristagoras, of how many days is the
+journey from the sea to this city of Susa?” Now in
+every thing else Aristagoras had answered him
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span>craftily; but in this he was taken unawares. For if
+he would have had the Spartans come to Asia, he
+should not have told the truth; but this he did tell,
+for he said, “It is a journey of three months.” But
+when the King heard this he would not suffer Aristagoras
+to say what he would have told about the
+journey, but cried, “Man of Miletus, depart from
+Sparta before the setting of the sun; for thou hast
+nothing to say that can profit the Spartans if thou
+wouldst take them a journey of three months from
+the sea.” When he had said this, the King departed
+to his house. Then Aristagoras taking the garb of a
+suppliant, went to him and besought him, as he had
+regard to a suppliant, to listen to him. “But first,”
+he said, “send away the child;” for there stood by
+the King his little daughter, whose name was Gorgo.
+This Gorgo was his only child, being now of eight or
+nine years. But Cleomenes bade him say what he
+would, and stay not for the child. Then Aristagoras
+began with ten talents, promising that he would give
+him so much if he would help him to that which
+he desired. And when Cleomenes would not, he
+promised yet more, till he came to fifty talents.
+Then the child spake, “Father, this stranger will
+corrupt thee unless thou rise up and depart.” This
+counsel of the child greatly pleased Cleomenes, so
+that he rose up from his place and went into another
+chamber. After this Aristagoras departed from
+Sparta, and came to Athens, knowing that this city
+held the next place for power.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II">
+ CHAPTER II.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE TAKING OF MILETUS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The city of Athens had greatly increased in might
+since it was rid of its lords. The manner of the
+riddance was this. For a while after Hipparchus had
+been slain—this Hipparchus, with Hippias his brother,
+had received the lordship from Pisistratus his father,
+and he had been slain at the festival of Athene—the
+tyranny was more grievous than before. Now there
+was in Athens a great house, the sons of Alcmæon,
+and these had been banished by the children of Pisistratus.
+At the first indeed joining with others who
+were in like cause, they sought to obtain their return
+by force, building a fort on Mount Parnes, whence
+they might attack the city; but they accomplish
+nothing. Then they devised this device. They made
+a covenant with the council of the Amphictyons that
+they would build the temple of Apollo that is in
+Delphi for a certain sum of money. But in the
+building they made all things fairer than according
+to the letter of the covenant—and this they could do
+by reason of their great wealth—and especially, when
+it had been agreed that they should use common
+stone in the building of the temple, they used for
+the front thereof marble of Paros. After this they
+persuaded the Pythia with a sum of money that
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span>whenever any men from Sparta came to ask counsel
+of the oracle, whether they came on their own affairs
+or the affairs of the State, she should bid them set
+free the city of Athens. When this message had
+come to the Lacedæmonians many times, they sent
+one of their chief citizens with an army to drive out
+the children of Pisistratus from Athens. And this
+they did, though the men were dear friends to them,
+for they judged it well to prefer the bidding of the
+Gods to the friendship of men. This army came by
+sea and landed at Phalerus. And when the sons of
+Pisistratus heard of it, they sent for help to Thessaly,
+with which country they had alliance, and there
+came to them from Thessaly a thousand horsemen,
+under Cineas, King of Thessaly. With them they
+assailed the camp of the Lacedæmonians, and slew
+not a few of them, among whom was the captain of
+the army, and drove such as were left into their
+ships. After this the Lacedæmonians sent another
+army, greater than before, under King Cleomenes,
+sending them not in ships, but by land. These also,
+so soon as they had crossed the borders, the horsemen
+of the Thessalians attacked, but could not stand
+before them, but fled back without delay into their
+own land. Then Cleomenes, coming to the city and
+taking to him such as were minded to drive out from
+Athens its lords, besieged the sons of Pisistratus in
+the Pelasgian fort; but they would not have accomplished
+their purpose—for they had no mind to make
+a long siege of the fort, and the sons of Pisistratus
+had meat and drink in abundance—but would have
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span>tarried a few days, and so departed, but for this
+chance. The sons of Pisistratus sought to send their
+children out of the country secretly; but the children
+were taken. Then they made a covenant with the
+Athenians that, if the children should be given back
+to them, they would depart out of the country within
+the space of five days. And this they did, their
+house having had the lordship for thirty years and
+six. Thus was Athens rid of its lords.</p>
+
+<p>Aristagoras then coming to this city of Athens
+presented himself before the people, and said the
+same words that he had said before in Sparta, about
+the good things in Asia, and about the manner of
+fighting of the Persians, how they had neither spear
+nor shield, and were therefore easily to be conquered.
+Also he said that the Milesians were colonists from
+Athens, and that it was just that the Athenians,
+being so mighty, should deliver them from slavery.
+And because his need was great, there was nothing
+that he did not promise, till at the last he persuaded
+them. For it is easier, it seems, to deceive a multitude
+than to deceive one man. Cleomenes the Spartan,
+being but one man, Aristagoras could not deceive;
+but he brought over to his purpose the people
+of Athens, being thirty thousand. So the Athenians,
+being persuaded, made a decree to send twenty ships
+to help the men of Ionia, and appointed one Melanthius,
+a man of reputation among them, to be captain.
+These ships were the beginning of trouble
+both to the Greeks and the barbarians.</p>
+
+<p>After this Aristagoras sailed to Miletus; and as
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span>soon as he was gone there he did a thing which
+could be of no profit to the men of Ionia, but vexed
+King Darius. He sent a messenger to the Pæonians,
+whom Megabazus had carried away captive from the
+river Strymon and set down in Phrygia, saying,
+“Thus saith Aristagoras, lord of Miletus, If ye will
+obey him, ye shall have deliverance. All Ionia hath
+rebelled against the King. Now therefore ye can
+depart in safety to your own land. How ye shall get
+to the sea ye must order for yourselves; but when ye
+come thither, we will see to the matter.” The
+Pæonians heard this with great gladness; and taking
+with them their wives and their children, they fled to
+the sea. Yet some of them were afraid and remained
+behind. And when they had come to the sea, they
+crossed over to Chios. And when they were already
+in Chios there came a multitude of the horsemen of
+the Persians, pursuing them, who, as they had not
+been able to overtake them, sent messengers to them
+in Chios, bidding them return to the land of Phrygia.
+But the Pæonians would not hearken to them.
+And the people of Chios carried them thence to
+Lesbos, and the Lesbians carried them to Doriscus;
+and from Doriscus they returned on foot to their own
+land of Pæonia.</p>
+
+<p>When the twenty ships of the Athenians were
+arrived, and with them five ships of the Eretrians,
+which came, not for any love of the Athenians,
+but because the Milesians had helped them in old
+time against the men of Chalcis, Aristagoras sent an
+army against Sardis, but he himself abode in Miletus.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span>
+This army, crossing Mount Tmolus, took the
+city of Sardis without any hindrance; but the citadel
+they took not, for Artaphernes held it with a great
+force of soldiers. But though they took the city
+they had not the plunder of it, and for this reason.
+The houses in Sardis were for the most part built of
+reeds, and such as were built of bricks had their roofs
+of reeds; and when a certain soldier set fire to one
+of these houses, the fire ran quickly from house to
+house till the whole city was consumed. And while
+the city was burning, such Lydians and Persians as
+were in it, seeing that they were cut off from escape
+(for the fire was in all the outskirts of the city),
+gathered together in haste to the market-place.
+Through this market-place flows the river Pactolus,
+which comes down from Mount Tmolus, having gold
+in its sands, and when it has passed out of the city it
+flows into the Hermus which flows into the sea. Here
+then the Lydians and Persians were gathered together,
+being constrained to defend themselves. And when
+the men of Ionia saw their enemies how many they
+were, and that these were preparing to give battle,
+they were stricken with fear, and fled out of the city
+to Mount Tmolus, and thence, when it was night,
+they went back to the sea. In this manner was
+burned the city of Sardis, and in it the great temple
+of the goddess Cybele, the burning of which temple
+was the cause, as said the Persians, for which afterward
+they burned the temples in Greece. Not long
+after came a host of Persians from beyond the river
+Halys; and when they found that the men of Ionia
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span>had departed from Sardis, they followed hard upon
+their track and came up with them at Ephesus. And
+when the battle was joined, the men of Ionia fled
+before them. Many indeed were slain, and such as
+escaped were scattered, every man to his own city.</p>
+
+<p>After this the ships of the Athenians departed and
+would not help the men of Ionia any more, though
+Aristagoras besought them to stay. Nevertheless the
+Ionians ceased not from making preparations of war
+against the King, making to themselves allies, some
+by force and some by persuasion, as the cities of the
+Hellespont and many of the Carians and the island
+of Cyprus. For all Cyprus, save Amathus only,
+revolted from the King under Onesilus, brother of
+King Gorgus.</p>
+
+<p>When King Darius heard that Sardis had been
+taken and burned with fire by the Ionians and the
+Athenians, with Aristagoras for leader, at the first he
+took no heed of the Ionians, as knowing that they
+would surely suffer for their deed, but he asked,
+“Who are these Athenians?” And when they told
+him he took a bow and shot an arrow into the air,
+saying, “O Zeus, grant that I may avenge myself on
+these Athenians.” And he commanded his servant
+that every day, when his dinner was served, he should
+say three times, “Master remember the Athenians.”
+After this he called for Histiæus of Miletus, and said
+to him, “Histiæus, I hear that thy deputy to whom
+thou gavest over Miletus has rebelled, and has
+brought men from over the sea to help him, and,
+taking with him also certain of the Ionians (who
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span>verily shall suffer for their wrong-doing), has taken
+from me the city of Sardis. How can this have been
+done without thy counsel? Take heed lest the blame
+fall on thee.” Then answered Histiæus, “What is
+this that thou hast said, that I should devise any evil
+against thee? For what do I lack being here with
+thee? If my deputy has done such things, he has
+done them of his own counsel. Yet do I scarce believe
+that he has done them. But if so, see what a
+thing thou hast done in taking me away from the
+coast country. Surely had I been yet there, no city
+had been troubled. But now send me as speedily as
+may be to the land of the Ionians, that I may set all
+things in order as they were aforetime, and also deliver
+up this deputy, if he has so done, into thy
+hands. Verily, I swear by thy Gods, O King, that I
+will not put off the tunic which I shall wear on the
+day when I go down to the land of the Ionians,
+before I make the great island of Sardinia tributary
+to thee.” So Darius let him go, commanding him
+when he had accomplished these things to come
+back to him at Susa.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the Persians took not a few cities of the
+Ionians and Æolians. But while they were busy
+about these, the Carians revolted from the King;
+whereupon the captains of the Persians led their
+army into Caria, and the men of Caria came out to
+meet them; and they met them at a certain place
+which is called the White Pillars, near to the river
+Mæander. Then there were many counsels among
+the Carians whereof the best was this, that they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span>should cross the river and so contend with the Persians,
+having the river behind them, that so there
+being no escape for them if they fled, they might
+surpass themselves in courage. But this counsel did
+not prevail. Nevertheless, when the Persians had
+crossed the Mæander, the Carians fought against
+them, and the battle was exceedingly long and fierce.
+But at the last the Carians were vanquished, being
+overborne by numbers, so that there fell of them ten
+thousand. And when they that escaped—for many
+had fled to Labranda, where there is a great temple
+of Zeus and a grove of plane trees—were doubting
+whether they should yield themselves to the King or
+depart altogether from Asia, there came to their help
+the men of Miletus with their allies. Thereupon the
+Carians, putting away their doubts altogether, fought
+with the Persians a second time, and were vanquished
+yet more grievously than before. But on this day
+the men of Miletus suffered the chief damage. And
+the Carians fought with the Persians yet again a third
+time; for, hearing that these were about to attack
+their cities one by one, they laid an ambush for them
+on the road to Pedasus. And the Persians, marching
+by night, fell into the ambush, and were utterly destroyed,
+they and their captains.</p>
+
+<p>After these things, Aristagoras, seeing the power of
+the Persians, and having no more any hope to prevail
+over them—and indeed, for all that he had
+brought about so much trouble, he was of a poor
+spirit—called together his friends and said to them,
+“We must needs have some place of refuge, if we be
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span>driven out of Miletus. Shall we therefore go to Sardinia,
+or to Myrcinus on the river Strymon, which
+King Darius gave to Histiæus?”</p>
+
+<p>To this Hecateus, the writer of chronicles, made
+answer, “Let Aristagoras build a fort in Leros (this
+Leros is an island thirty miles distant from Miletus)
+and dwell there quietly, if he be driven from Miletus.
+And hereafter he can come from Leros and set himself
+up again in Miletus.”</p>
+
+<p>But Aristagoras went to Myrcinus, and not long
+afterwards was slain while he besieged a certain city
+of the Thracians.</p>
+
+<p>And now Histiæus came down from Susa to Sardis.
+When he was come to Sardis, Artaphernes, the governor,
+inquired of him the cause why the Ionians
+had rebelled, and when Histiæus said that he could
+not tell, Artaphernes said, for indeed he knew the
+whole matter, “The matter stands thus, Histiæus.
+Thou hast stitched the shoe and Aristagoras has put
+it on.” When Histiæus heard this, and perceived
+that the thing was known, he fled to the coast. And
+first he went to Chios, where the people cast him into
+prison, but finding that he had rebelled against the
+King set him at liberty; and from Chios he went to
+Miletus; but the men of Miletus, being rid of one
+lord, even Aristagoras, were not minded to take to
+themselves another, and when he sought to make an
+entrance by night, they fought against him and
+wounded him in the thigh. After this, having got
+ships from the Lesbians, he laid wait at the Hellespont
+and seized all the ships that came forth from
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span>the Black Sea unless they would take service with
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Now the Persians had gathered together a great
+host and a fleet also against Miletus; and the men of
+Miletus sent deputies to the Great Ionian Council.
+And the council resolved that they would not send an
+army to fight against the Persians, but that the cities
+should send all their ships, not leaving one behind,
+and that they should be assembled at Lade, which is
+an island near Miletus. So all the Ionians sent their
+ships, a hundred coming from Chios, and eighty
+from Miletus, and sixty from Lesbos. The number
+of the whole was three hundred and fifty and three.
+But the number of the ships of the barbarians was
+six hundred.</p>
+
+<p>First the Persian captains sent for the lords of the
+Ionian cities whom Aristagoras had driven out, and
+said to them, “Now can ye do good service to the
+house of the King. Let each seek to draw away his
+own countrymen from the alliance of the Ionians;
+and let him tell them that they shall suffer no harm
+by reason of their revolt, but shall be in all points
+even as they were in former days. But if they be
+stubborn then shall they and their children be sold
+into slavery, and their land shall be given unto
+strangers.” Then the lords sent messengers to tell
+these words to their countrymen; but these would
+not hearken or betray their allies. And each people
+thought that these promises were made to them only
+and not to the others.</p>
+
+<p>Afterwards divers councils were held by the captains<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span>
+of the fleet, in which, after others had set forth
+their opinions, Dionysius of Phocæa thus spake,
+“Ye men of Ionia, now are our fortunes on the razor’s
+edge, whether we shall be free men or slaves, and
+slaves that are also runaways. If ye will endure for
+the time some hardness, ye will be able to prevail
+over your enemies and so be free forever; but if ye
+continue in your present slothfulness and disorder,
+there is no hope but that ye will suffer the wrath of
+the King when he shall avenge himself on you for
+your revolt. Be therefore persuaded by me and yield
+yourselves to my commands; for if ye fulfill these
+faithfully either will the Persians fly before us, or if
+they fight, will be utterly vanquished.”</p>
+
+<p>The Ionians hearkened to these words and committed
+themselves to Dionysius. And he every day
+made them move their ships in column, and practice
+with their oars, and exercise themselves in breaking
+the line. And the fighting men were kept under
+arms, and the ships remained on their anchors, so
+that the men had toil without ceasing from morning
+until night. These things the Ionians endured for
+seven days, but on the eighth—for they were not accustomed
+to such toil—being worn out with labor
+and with the heat of the sun, they began to say to
+each other, “Against what god have we sinned that
+we suffer such things? Surely we were mad that we
+gave ourselves to this boaster from Phocæa that has
+brought but three ships only. For he has taken us
+and plagued us with trouble that cannot be endured,
+so that many of us have already fallen sick, and many
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span>will soon fall. Surely it were better to endure anything
+rather than these hardships. Even slavery
+were better than this servitude. Let us therefore
+yield him obedience no more.”</p>
+
+<p>After this they would not obey him, but pitched
+their tents upon the island, as though they had been
+soldiers, and lay in the shade, and would not practice
+themselves on their ships, which when the captains
+of the Samians perceived, they were more ready to
+receive the offer which the Persians had made to
+them. For they saw that there was no order among
+the Ionians, nor did they hope to prevail over the
+King, knowing that if they could vanquish this present
+fleet that was arrayed against them, there would
+come another five times as great. For this cause the
+Samians made an agreement with the King.</p>
+
+<p>Now many days afterwards the ships of the Phœnicians
+sailed out to do battle, and the Ionians sailed
+against them. Who indeed bare themselves bravely
+and who played the coward that day is not certainly
+known, for the Ionians accused one another. But it
+is said that the Samians, according to the agreement
+that they had made, hoisted their sails and departed
+to Samos, but that eleven ships remained in their
+place and fought, for that the captains would not
+obey the leaders. For this deed the state of Samos
+granted them this honor, that their names should be
+written on a pillar, and that the pillar should be set
+up in the market-place of Samos. And this was
+done. Also the men of Lesbos, when they saw what
+their neighbors did, left also their place in the line;
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span>and indeed the greater part of the Ionians followed
+in the same way. Of them that remained the men of
+Chios were the most roughly handled. These had
+come with a hundred ships, on each of which were
+forty picked men at arms. Nor would they follow
+an ill example when they saw others play the coward,
+but behaved very valiantly, and though they were
+left well-nigh alone, yet broke many times through
+the lines of the enemy, and took many ships. And
+at the last, such as were able fled to Chios; and such
+as had their ships so sorely wounded that they could
+not return, beached their ships at this isle, and
+marched into the country of the Ephesians. This
+they did in the night, and the Ephesians, thinking
+that they were robbers that had come to steal away
+their women—for they were keeping a festival—marched
+out against them with their whole force
+and slew them.</p>
+
+<p>As for Dionysius of Phocæa, when he saw that the
+Ionians were conquered, he would not return to Phocæa,
+for he knew that it must certainly fall into the
+hands of the Persians, but sailed away with his own
+ships and those that he had taken, and came to Phœnicia.
+There he sank certain merchantmen and took
+out of them a great booty. Afterwards he sailed to
+Sicily, and became a pirate, sparing indeed Greek
+ships, but taking ships of the Carthaginians and
+Tuscans.</p>
+
+<p>The Persians besieged Miletus both by land and
+sea, digging mines under the walls, and using against
+it all manner of devices. And they took it in the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>sixth year from the time when Aristagoras caused it
+to revolt from the King. Most of the men they slew,
+and all the women and the children they made slaves;
+and the temple of Apollo at Branchidæ, to which, as
+has been said before, King Crœsus made many gifts,
+they burned with fire. Such of the inhabitants of
+Miletus as were not slain were sent up to Susa. The
+King did them no further harm, but settled in the
+city of Ampe, which is near to the Red Sea, by the
+mouth of the river Tigris.</p>
+
+<p>The Athenians showed what great sorrow they had
+at the taking of Miletus by many other proofs, and
+especially by this. The poet Phrynichus made a
+play, “The Taking of Miletus;” but when he showed
+it on the stage the whole multitude in the theatre
+wept. And they put a fine of a thousand drachmas
+upon him because he had called to mind, they said,
+their own misfortune. And they made a law that no
+one thereafter should show this play.</p>
+
+<p>Not many days afterwards Histiæus was taken
+prisoner by the Persians. Doubtless, had he been
+sent to Susa, King Darius would have pardoned him.
+And indeed, for fear of this, Artaphernes, governor of
+Sardis, commanded him to be slain. His body he
+fastened on a stake, and his head he embalmed and
+sent it on to the King. When the King heard it, he
+greatly blamed the governor, because he had not sent
+him up alive; and he commanded that they should
+take the head and dress it with all care, and so bury
+it, for that this man had been a great benefactor to
+the Persians.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span></p>
+
+<p>After this the Persians took all the towns of the
+Greeks on the mainland of Asia, and they netted the
+islands. Now the manner of netting was this. The
+men joined hands, making a line across the island
+from north to south, and so passed through it from
+end to end, hunting out all the inhabitants. Thus
+were the cities of the Ionians enslaved for the
+third time, once by Crœsus, King of the Lydians,
+and twice by the Persians.</p>
+
+<p>After this the King, having conquered the Ionians,
+bided his time till he should avenge himself upon
+the Athenians.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III">
+ CHAPTER III.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE FIRST WAR AGAINST GREECE.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Mardonius, the son of Gobryas, came down
+from Susa, and he had a great army and many
+ships. He was a young man, and he had newly
+married the daughter of King Darius. When he was
+come to the land of Cilicia, he took ship and sailed
+to the coast of Ionia, the other ships following him.
+And being in Ionia he did this thing (a marvelous
+thing, doubtless, in the eyes of them that believe not
+the story of Otanes, how he would have set up among
+the Persians the rule of the people); he cast down
+from their place all the lords of the Ionians, setting
+up in every city the rule of the people. When he
+had done this he went with all haste to the Hellespont,
+whither was gathered together a great multitude
+of ships and many thousands of men. These
+crossed the Hellespont in the ships, and so marched
+through the land of Europe. And their purpose was,
+as they said, to have vengeance on the cities of
+Athens and Eretria; but in truth they had it in their
+minds to subdue as many as they should be able of
+the cities of the Greeks. First, then, they subdued
+the Thracians. These did not so much as lift a hand
+against the Persians, and so were added to the
+nations whom they had in slavery. From Thasos
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span>they went to Acanthus, and leaving Acanthus they
+sought to pass round Mount Athos, which is a
+great promontory, running far out into the sea.
+Here there fell upon the ships a very mighty wind,
+such as they could in no wise bear up against, and
+did them much damage. Men say indeed that there
+perished of the ships three hundred, and of men
+more than twenty thousand. For the sea in these
+parts is full of great monsters, which laid hold on
+many of the men; many also were dashed against
+the rocks, and were so destroyed; and some perished
+because they could not swim, and some from cold.
+Thus it fared with the ships. As for Mardonius and
+his army, the Brygi, that are a tribe of Thracians,
+assailed him in his camp by night and slew many of
+his men, and wounded Mardonius himself. Notwithstanding,
+the Brygi escaped not the doom of
+slavery, for Mardonius left not this region till he had
+utterly subdued them. But when he had done this
+he went back to Asia, for his army had suffered much
+from the Thracians, and his ships from the storm at
+Mount Athos. Thus did this great undertaking
+come to an end with little honor.</p>
+
+<p>For all this Darius changed not his purpose concerning
+Athens and the other cities of Greece. For
+every day, at his bidding, did his servant say to him,
+“O King, remember the Athenians.” Also the
+children of Pisistratus ceased not to speak against the
+city. The King indeed desired, having for a pretense
+his quarrel against the Athenians, to subdue all the
+Greeks that would not give him earth and water; for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span>the giving of these things is to the Persians a token
+of submission. Mardonius, seeing that he had fared
+badly in his undertaking, the King discharged of his
+office, appointing thereto Datis, that was a Mede, and
+Artaphernes his brother’s son. These then he sent
+on the same errand on which he had sent Mardonius,
+saying to them, “Make slaves of the men of Eretria
+and of the men of Athens, and bring them to me
+that I may see them.” So these two went down from
+the city of Susa to Cilicia, having with them a very
+great army and well-appointed; and while they were
+encamped here in a plain that is called the Aleian
+plain, there came also to that country the whole array
+of ships as had been commanded, and with the rest
+ships designed for the carriage of horses, for in the
+year before the King had commanded the inhabitants
+that such should be built. On these ships, therefore,
+they embarked their horses, and on the other ships
+the rest of the army, and so set sail to Ionia, having
+in all six hundred ships of war.</p>
+
+<p>But they sailed not along the coast after the former
+manner, going northwards to the Hellespont and to
+Thrace, but voyaged through the islands, beginning
+with Samos; and this they did, as it seems, because
+they feared the going round Mount Athos, remembering
+what loss and damage they had suffered at
+this place in the former expedition. Also they had
+Naxos in their mind, for this had not as yet been
+conquered. They sailed, therefore, first to Naxos,
+and the people of the island did not abide their coming,
+but fled forthwith to the mountains. And the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span>Persians made slaves of all on whom they could lay
+their hands, and burned the temples and the city
+with fire, and so departed. While they were doing
+these things the men of Delos left their island of
+Delos and fled to Tenos. But Datis suffered not the
+ships of the Persians to come to anchor at Delos, but
+bade them tarry over against it in Rhenea; and having
+heard where the men of Delos had bestowed
+themselves, he sent an herald, saying, “Holy men,
+why have ye fled from your dwelling-place, and have
+thought that which is not fitting concerning me?
+For indeed my own purpose and the commandment
+also which has been laid upon me by the King is this,
+that we should do no harm to the land in which the
+two Great Ones, Apollo and Artemis, were born,
+neither to it nor to the inhabitants thereof. Return
+ye therefore to your own dwellings and inhabit
+your island.” This was the message which Datis
+sent to the men of Delos; and afterward he burned
+three hundred talents’ weight of frankincense upon
+the altar of their temple. And it came to pass that
+when he had departed from Delos, the island was
+shaken by an earthquake. Now it had never been so
+shaken before, nor hath been since. This thing,
+without doubt, happened for a sign to the sons of
+men of the evils that were coming upon them. And
+indeed, in the days of Darius the son of Hystaspes,
+and Xerxes the son of Darius, and Artaxerxes the
+son of Xerxes, that were kings of Persia, the one
+after the other, there befell the Greeks worse evils
+than had befallen them for twenty generations before
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span>the days of Darius, of which evils some indeed came
+from the Persians and some from the chief among
+themselves when they contended together for the
+pre-eminence. Therefore it may well be believed
+that Delos had never been shaken before as it was
+shaken in these days.</p>
+
+<p>From Delos the barbarians sailed to the other
+islands of that sea. And whithersoever they came
+they took some of the islanders to serve in the army
+and the ships, and of their children some to be
+hostages. But when they came to Carystus, the people
+of the land would not give hostages, neither were
+they willing to help in making war upon the cities
+of their neighbors, meaning thereby Eretria and
+Athens. Then the Persians besieged their town and
+laid waste their country till the men of Carystus
+agreed to do as had been required of them.</p>
+
+<p>When the Eretrians heard that the Persians were
+coming against them with a great host and many
+ships, they sent to the Athenians praying for help.
+This the Athenians refused not to give, but sent to
+such of their citizens as had had land allotted to them
+in the country of the horse-breeding Chalcidians that
+they should go to the help of the men of Eretria.
+But these, though they sent this message to the
+Athenians, had no steadfast or worthy purpose in
+the matter. Some of them indeed were for leaving
+the city, that they might flee to the hill country of
+Eubœa, but others, looking only to their own gain,
+and thinking that they should best get this from the
+Persians, made ready to betray their country. This,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span>when Æschines the son of Nothus, than whom there
+was none greater in Eretria, heard, he told to the
+Athenians that had come the whole matter, and said
+to them: “Depart ye straightway to your own country,
+lest ye also perish.” And the Athenians hearkened
+to the counsel of Æschines and departed, crossing
+the Oropus, and so got safe away. After this the
+ships of the Persians came to the land of Eretria, and
+put out the horses that they carried, and made ready
+as if they would fight with the enemy. But the
+Eretrians had no mind to come out of their walls and
+fight; only they hoped that they might perchance
+keep these against the enemy, for as to the counsel
+of leaving their city and fleeing to the hills, this
+they had given up. Then the Persians attacked the
+wall with great fury; and for six days they fought,
+many being slain on both sides; but on the seventh
+day, two men, of good repute among the citizens,
+whose names were Euphorbus and Philagrus, betrayed
+Eretria to the Persians; and these entering
+into the city, first burned the temples, thereby
+revenging the burning of the temples of Sardis, and
+next made slaves of all the people, according as King
+Darius had given them commandment.</p>
+
+<p>When they had thus dealt with Eretria, they sailed
+against Athens, having no doubt that they should
+speedily deal with this also after the same fashion.
+And seeing that Marathon was the most convenient
+for their purpose, and nearest also to Eretria, thither
+did Hippias the son of Pisistratus lead them. And
+the Athenians, so soon as they heard of their coming,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span>marched with their whole force to Marathon. Ten
+generals they had, of whom the tenth was Miltiades
+the son of Cimon, the son of Stesagoras.</p>
+
+<p>This Cimon had been banished from Athens by
+Pisistratus. And it chanced to him that as he went
+into banishment he won the prize at Olympia for the
+race of four-horse chariots. This same prize his half-brother
+Miltiades had also won. And in the next
+games at Olympia, being five years afterwards, he
+won again with the same mares; but granted to
+Pisistratus that his name should be proclaimed as
+the winner. Because he did this he came back to
+Athens under safe-conduct. And yet again he won
+the same prize with the same mares at the games
+next following; and having done this he was slain by
+the sons of Pisistratus, for Pisistratus himself was
+not yet alive. In the common hall was he slain by
+men that were sent against him at night. He is
+buried before the City, beyond the road that is called
+the Hollow Road; and over against him are buried
+the mares that won for him these prizes. This same
+thing was done by other four mares, belonging to
+Evagoras the Lacedæmonian, but besides these none
+other have done it. This Cimon had two sons, of
+whom the elder, Stesagoras, was brought up by his
+friends in the Chersonese, and the younger, being
+named Miltiades, after this same uncle, was with his
+father in Athens.</p>
+
+<p>This Miltiades then the Athenians had chosen with
+nine others to be general. But before this he had
+but narrowly escaped death. For first the Phœnicians<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span>
+pursued him as far as Imbros, being very
+desirous to lay hands upon him and to take him to
+the King. And when he had escaped from these,
+and, coming to his own country, believed that he
+was now in safety, his enemies brought him into
+judgment by reason of the lordship which he had
+had in the Chersonese. But these, too, he escaped,
+and the people chose him for their general.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV">
+ CHAPTER IV.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE BATTLE OF MARATHON.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>First of all the generals, before they led forth
+their army out of the city, sent a herald to
+Sparta, Pheidippides by name, who was an Athenian
+by birth, and by profession a runner, and one who
+had diligently exercised himself, and was very swift
+of foot. This man affirmed and declared to the
+Athenians that when he came in his running to
+Mount Parthenius, which is above Tegea, there met
+him the god Pan, and that Pan called him by his
+name, Pheidippides, and said to him: “Say to the
+Athenians, Why do they take no heed of me, though
+I am their friend, and have often done them good
+service in time past, and will do so hereafter?” The
+Athenians, believing that this story was true, afterwards,
+when things had gone well with them, built a
+temple to the god Pan under the Acropolis, and
+honored him with yearly sacrifices and a procession
+of torches. Pheidippides then, being thus sent by
+the generals, came to Sparta on the next day. (Between
+Athens and Sparta there are one hundred and
+thirty and seven miles.) And so soon as he was
+come he went to the rulers and said: “O men of
+Sparta, the Athenians pray you that ye come and
+help them, and suffer not the most ancient city in
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span>the land of Greece to be brought into slavery by the
+barbarians. Already have they brought men of
+Eretria into slavery, and Greece hath become the
+weaker by a famous city.” This message did Pheidippides
+deliver to the Spartans. And to them when
+they heard it seemed good that they should help the
+men of Athens. Only they could not go to their
+help forthwith, because they would not break the
+law. For it was then but the ninth day of the moon;
+and on the ninth day it was unlawful for them, they
+said, to march, because the moon was not yet full.
+Therefore they waited for the full moon.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime Hippias the son of Pisistratus led
+the Persians to Marathon; and the prisoners from
+Eretria he landed on the island that is called Ægileia.
+And when the barbarians had disembarked from the
+ships he busied himself with the setting of them in
+order. In the doing of this it happened to him to
+sneeze and cough with much violence; and, he being
+an old man, his teeth for the most part were grievously
+shaken, and one of them he spat forth. This
+tooth fell into the sand, and he made much ado to
+find it, but could not. Seeing this he groaned, and
+said to them that stood by: “This land is not ours,
+neither shall we be able to subdue it; as for the share
+of it that was mine this tooth has taken it.”</p>
+
+<p>By this time the army of the Athenians was drawn
+up in the precinct of Hercules. To them being there
+there came the men of Platæa, every man that was
+able to bear arms. For the Platæans had before this
+given themselves over to Athens, and the Athenians
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span>had by this time had no small trouble on their
+behalf.</p>
+
+<p>The cause of the Platæans so giving themselves
+over was this. At the first, when they were pressed
+hard by the Thebans, they came to King Cleomenes,
+who chanced to be in their country, and would have
+given themselves over to him and the Lacedæmonians.
+But Cleomenes and his people would not receive
+them, saying: “We dwell in a country that is very
+far from you, and our help would be but of small
+avail to you. For indeed it might happen to you,
+and not once only, that ye should be made slaves
+before any of us could so much as hear of the matter.
+Therefore we counsel you to give yourselves over to
+the men of Athens; seeing that they dwell close at
+hand and are good to help.” This was the counsel of
+the Lacedæmonians, which they gave, not because
+they had any love for the men of Platæa, but thinking
+that the Athenians would have trouble without
+end if by these means they should be set at enmity
+with the Thebans. The men of Platæa willingly
+hearkened to their counsel, and sent envoys, who,
+journeying to Athens, sat themselves down on the
+altar and surrendered themselves, the Athenians keeping
+at this time the festival of the twelve gods.
+When the Thebans heard what had been done they
+marched against the men of Platæa; and on the
+other hand the Athenians came to their help.
+When these were now about to join battle, the
+Corinthians—for they chanced to be there—would
+not suffer them so to do, but made an agreement
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span>between them, both consenting thereunto. This
+agreement was that if any of the dwellers in Bœotia
+wished not to come into the league of Thebes, it
+should be lawful for them to stand aloof. When the
+Corinthians had given this sentence they departed
+to their own city. The Athenians also departed;
+but as they were on their way, the Thebans set upon
+them, but were worsted in the battle. Then the
+Athenians were no longer willing to abide by the
+boundaries which the Corinthians had determined
+for the men of Platæa, but took instead the river
+Asopus to be the boundary between them and the
+Thebans. So now the men of Platæa, being willing
+to make a return to the Athenians for the benefit
+which they had received, came to their help at Marathon.</p>
+
+<p>The generals of the Athenians were divided in
+their opinion, some being unwilling that they should
+join battle with the Persians, for they considered
+how few in numbers they were to stand against so
+great a host; but others, among whom was Miltiades,
+were for joining battle. Then, there being this division,
+as it seemed likely that the worse counsel would
+prevail, Miltiades went to the war-archon, whose
+name was Callimachus, a man of Aphidnæ. The
+war-archon among the Athenians was appointed by
+lot, and in former days it was the custom that he
+should vote together with the ten generals. To him
+therefore went Miltiades, and spake to him these
+words: “Thou hast it in thine hands, O Callimachus,
+either to bring Athens under the yoke of slavery, or
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span>to make it free for evermore, and in so doing to gain
+for thyself a name that shall never die, and glory
+such that not even Harmodius and Aristogeiton won
+for themselves. For indeed never since Athens was
+a city has it come into such danger as that wherein it
+now stands. For if it bow its neck to the yoke of
+the barbarian and be given over to this Hippias,
+what it will suffer thou knowest very well; but if it
+escape this danger, then will it become the very first
+city in the land of Greece. And now I will set forth
+to thee how these things may pass, and also how it
+lies with thee to determine whether they shall turn
+out for the better or the worse. We generals are ten
+in number, and our opinions are divided, for some
+would have us join the battle with the Persians, and
+others would not. Now hear what will take place if
+we join not battle with these strangers forthwith.
+There will be a great dispute in the city, and the
+counsels of men will be turned aside from the right,
+so that the party of the Persians will prevail. But if
+we join battle before this evil begin to show itself,
+then I doubt not, if the Gods deal fairly with us, that
+we shall prevail in battle, and so be safe. And now
+all this lies upon thee, whether it shall be so or no.
+If thou wilt add thy vote to my vote, then shall this
+thy native country be free, and shall be the first city
+in all Greece. But if, on the other hand, they that
+be unwilling to fight shall gain the day, then shall
+happen to us the contrary of all the good things of
+which I have spoken.” With these words Miltiades
+persuaded Callimachus; and when the vote of the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>war-archon was given to them that counseled battle,
+it was agreed that battle should be given. After this,
+each one of those generals that had given his vote for
+joining battle, when his turn of command came
+round—for each man commanded in turn day by day—gave
+up his turn to Miltiades. Nevertheless Miltiades
+made not use of any of their turns, but waited
+till his own proper turn came round. And when this
+was come then the Athenians were drawn up in order
+of battle; their right wing was led by Callimachus—for
+in those days it was the custom among the Athenians
+that the war-archon should lead the right wing—and
+after him came the tribes of the Athenians,
+one after the other, in their order, according to their
+numbers, and last of all, upon the left wing, were the
+men of Platæa. And ever since the battle that was
+fought upon this day it has been the custom among
+the Athenians, when they hold their sacrifice and
+solemn convocation in the fifth year, that the herald
+of the Athenians should pray aloud in these words:
+“May the Gods send all blessings to the men of
+Athens and to the men of Platæa.” Now the Athenians
+sought to make their line of battle equal to the
+line of the Persians; and that they might do so they
+took away men from the center, so that this was the
+weakest part of the army, the wings being the strongest.
+And so, so soon as the battle had been set in
+array, and the sacrifice being made appeared to be favorable,
+then the Athenians, being let go, charged
+the Persians at a running pace, the space between the
+two armies being eight furlongs or thereabouts. And
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span>the Persians, when they saw them coming against
+them at a run, made ready to receive them, but
+thought that they must be possessed with utter madness
+and frenzy, seeing that they were so few in number
+and yet were running to meet them, and this
+though they had neither horsemen nor archers. So
+the barbarians judged; but not the less the Athenians,
+joining battle in one body with their enemies, quitted
+themselves in a manner worthy of all praise. For
+indeed never before had Greeks so charged against
+their enemies in battle at a running pace, nor had
+any before endured to see without fear men clad and
+armed in the fashion of the Medes. For indeed before
+that day the very name of the Medes had been a
+terror to the Greeks to hear. Long time did the barbarians
+and Athenians fight together in Marathon.
+In the middle of the line the barbarians prevailed,
+for there the Persians and the Sacæ had their place.
+These broke the line of the Greeks, and pursued
+them for some space toward the mountains. But on
+each of the two wings the Greeks prevailed, the
+Athenians being on the one wing and the men of
+Platæa upon the other. These, having broken their
+enemies, suffered them to flee, and then wheeling
+round the two wings upon the barbarians that had
+broken the middle of the line, they prevailed over
+these also. Then the Persians fled to their ships,
+and the Athenians pursued them, smiting them and
+slaying them; and when they, pursuing them, came
+to the sea, they called for fire and would have burned
+the ships. In this part of the battle fell Callimachus,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span>the war-archon, who had shown himself that day a
+man of valor. Also there fell Stesilaus, son of Thrasilaus,
+being one of the ten generals. Also Cynægirus,
+son to Euphorion, whose brother was Æschylus the
+poet, was slain at this time; for, laying hold of the
+stern ornament of one of the ships of the Persians,
+he had his hand cut off by the blow of an axe; and
+there perished with him other Athenians also of note
+and name. Nevertheless the Athenians took seven
+of the ships at this time. With the rest the barbarians
+pushed off from the shore, and having taken up
+the prisoners from Eretria from the island whereon
+they had left them, they sailed round the promontory
+of Sunium, hoping that they should come to the city
+before that the army of the Athenians should be able
+to return thither. In this matter the house of the
+sons of Alcmæon were accused by their fellow-countrymen,
+who said that they had held up a shield for
+a signal to the Persians; and that it had been covenanted
+that they should do so, that the Persians
+might take the city unawares and empty of men. So
+the Persians sailed round Cape Sunium; and the
+Athenians marched with all the speed that they could
+that they might defend the city; and when they were
+come they encamped in the precinct of Hercules,
+that is at Cynosargæ; and it so chanced that they
+came from the precinct of Hercules that is in Marathon.
+For a while the ships of the barbarians lay
+off Phalerum, which was in those days the port of
+Athens, but in no long time sailed back to Asia.</p>
+
+<p>In this battle that was fought at Marathon there
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span>were slain of the barbarians six thousand and four
+hundred or thereabouts, and of the Athenians one
+hundred and ninety and two. In the battle also
+there happened this marvel. A man of Athens,
+Epizelus by name, the son of Couphagoras, fighting
+in the press, and bearing himself bravely, was of a
+sudden smitten with blindness, and this without
+being wounded any where in the body or stricken at
+all. And he was blind for the remainder of his days.
+Now the story which this man told about the matter
+was this. “I saw,” he said, “a man of great stature
+fully armed stand over against me, and he had a
+great beard that covered his whole shield. Me indeed
+he passed by, but the man that stood next to me he
+smote and slew.”</p>
+
+<p>When Datis was on his way to Asia, being at
+Myconos, he saw a vision in his sleep. What this
+vision was no man knows; but this is certain that so
+soon as the day dawned he caused a search to be
+made in all the ships; and in a certain Phœnician
+ship he found an image of Apollo that was covered
+with gold, and would know whence it had been
+brought. And when he knew from what temple it
+had been taken, he sailed with his own ship to Delos.
+And he put the image in the temple and laid a command
+upon the men of Delos—for they had by this
+time come back to their island—that they should
+carry back the image to the Delian temple of the
+Thebans. (This temple stands on the sea shore over
+against Chalcis.) When he had given these commands
+Datis departed, but the men of Delos neglected
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>to do as he had said; but twenty years after the Thebans,
+having been warned by an oracle, fetched it
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>When Datis and Artaphernes were come to Asia
+they took the people of Eretria whom they had carried
+away captive and brought them up to Susa, to
+King Darius. Now King Darius had before this been
+greatly enraged against the people of Eretria, holding
+that they had done him wrong without provocation;
+but when he saw them thus brought before him
+and in his power, he did them no harm, but settled
+them in a station of his own in the land of the Cissia.
+This station was called Ardericca, and it is distant
+from Susa twenty and six miles or thereabouts. Five
+miles from this Ardericca is a great well whence they
+got three things, to wit, bitumen, salt and oil. Here
+then King Darius settled the people of Eretria, and
+here they remained many years afterwards, still
+speaking their own language.</p>
+
+<p>When the full moon was past there came to Athens
+two thousand Lacedæmonians, having marched with
+all speed, so that they came to Athens on the third
+day after they had set out from Sparta. These,
+though they had come too late for the battle, much
+desired to see the Persians that had been slain. So
+they went to Marathon, and when they had seen
+them and had greatly praised the Athenians and
+their valor, they departed to their own home.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V">
+ CHAPTER V.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE SONS OF ALCMÆON AND THE END OF
+ MILTIADES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>This story that they tell of the sons of Alcmæon,
+how they held up a shield to the Persians seeking
+to destroy the city, that it might be under the
+lordship of Hippias, is passing strange, seeing that
+the house of Alcmæon had showed itself an enemy
+to tyrants not less than any other house among the
+Greeks. And indeed so long as the lordship of the
+sons of Pisistratus endured at Athens, so long did
+they remain in exile; and as for the ending of this
+lordship, they are to be praised for it rather than are
+Harmodius and Aristogeiton, for these did but make
+the sons of Pisistratus the more cruel by slaying Hipparchus;
+but as for making their tyranny to cease
+they did nothing. This was the work of the sons of
+Alcmæon if it be true, as has been told, that they had
+persuaded the Pythia for money to lay this charge
+upon the Lacedæmonians that they should cause
+Athens to be free. Nor indeed is it to be thought
+that the sons of Alcmæon betrayed their country by
+reason of anger against their countrymen; for there
+were none in those days of greater reputation than
+were these men, nor any that were more honored.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span>That a shield was held up is certain; but as to who it
+was that held it up, this no man knows.</p>
+
+<p>As for the house of Alcmæon it was famous in
+Athens from the beginning; but there were two men
+that more than all others made it to be of great
+renown; and these two were Alcmæon and Megacles.
+As for Alcmæon, how he got him great riches from
+Crœsus, King of Lydia, has been told already; and
+as for Megacles the matter stands thus.</p>
+
+<p>Cleisthenes, son of Aristonymus, being lord of
+Sicyon, would have for his daughter’s husband that
+man whom he should find to be noblest of all the
+Greeks. The name of this daughter was Agarista.
+For this purpose he caused proclamation to be made
+at the festival of Olympia, where he had won a victory
+with a chariot of four horses. And the proclamation
+was this: “Let any Greek who holds himself
+to be worthy of being son-in-law to Cleisthenes
+come on the sixtieth day, or before it if he will, to
+the city of Sicyon, for Cleisthenes will determine in
+the space of a year, beginning with the sixtieth day,
+to whom he should give his daughter in marriage.”
+To Cleisthenes therefore came so many of the Greeks
+as thought much of themselves or of their house;
+and he had prepared a course for foot-racing and a
+wrestling ground to make trial of them. From Italy
+came Smindyrides of Sybaris, that was the most
+luxurious liver of all the men of his day. And those
+were the times when the city of Sybaris was at the
+very height of its prosperity. And from Ætolia
+there came Males brother of Titormus. This Titormus<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>
+excelled all men in strength. He it was that
+seeking to withdraw himself altogether from the
+sight of men fled into the furthest parts of Ætolia.
+There came also Leocedes, son of Pheidon, that was
+lord of Argos. This was that Pheidon who brought
+in the weights and measures that the dwellers in
+Peloponnese use. No man was more arrogant than
+he. He drove out the men of Elis from being masters
+of the festivals of Olympia and was master himself.
+Also among the suitors was Laphanes the
+Arcadian, the son of Euphorion, who, so say the
+Arcadians, received in his house the Twin-Brethren,
+and ever after used hospitality to all comers. From
+Athens there came Hippoclides, the son of Tisander,
+who excelled all the Athenians in riches and beauty;
+and also Megacles, being son to that Alcmæon whom
+King Crœsus had made rich. These and others also
+came to Sicyon as suitors for Agarista on the sixtieth
+day, as had been appointed. Then Cleisthenes first
+of all inquired of each his country and his father’s
+house; and afterwards, for the space of a whole year,
+made trial of their courage and their temper and
+their training and their behavior, having converse
+with them sometimes one by one and sometimes
+altogether. Such as were younger among them he
+would send to the place of games; but chiefly he
+made trial of all at the banqueting table. Thus he
+behaved himself with them for the space of a whole
+year entertaining them right splendidly the whole
+year. And of all the suitors none pleased him so
+well as the two that came from Athens, and of these
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span>two he inclined the rather to Hippoclides, not only
+for his high carriage, but also because he was of kin
+to the house of Cypselus that had had the lordship of
+Corinth.</p>
+
+<p>When the day came for the espousals, and for
+Cleisthenes to declare his mind whom he chose out
+of the suitors for his daughter’s husband, he sacrificed
+a hundred oxen and made a great feast to the suitors
+and to all the people of Sicyon. And after the feast
+the suitors contended with each other in music and
+in speaking on some subject that was proposed to
+them. And as the drinking went on, Hippoclides,
+all the others wondering much at him, bade the
+flute-player play music to him; and when the flute-player
+did so, he danced. And in this dancing he
+pleased himself marvelously, but Cleisthenes looked
+askance on the whole business. Again, after resting
+awhile, Hippoclides bade them bring a table; and
+when the table was brought, he mounted upon it,
+and danced, first certain Spartan figures, and then
+certain Athenian; and at the last, with his head
+upon the table, he began to toss his legs about in the
+air. During the first dancing, and during the second,
+Cleisthenes held his peace, not wishing to break out
+upon the man, though indeed he loathed to think of
+having Hippoclides for a son-in-law, so much did he
+hate the man’s passion for dancing and his shamelessness.
+But when he saw him tossing his legs in
+the air he could restrain himself no longer, but cried
+aloud: “Son of Tisander, thou hast danced away thy
+wife!” And the young man said: “Hippoclides
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span>does not care!” which words have become a proverb
+among the Greeks. After this Cleisthenes commanded
+silence, and spake thus in the midst of the
+suitors: “My friends that are come to be suitors of
+my daughter, I am well pleased with all of you, and
+gladly would I content you all, if it were possible,
+and not choose out one from among you and reject
+the rest. But this, seeing that I have to dispose of
+a single maiden in marriage, I cannot do. To you
+therefore who are disappointed in your suit I give a
+gift, a talent of silver to each man, because ye
+have done me honor in seeking to take a wife from
+my house, and because ye have been at charge, living
+away from your homes. But my daughter Agarista
+I betroth to Megacles, the son of Alcmæon, after the
+custom of the land of Attica.” And when Megacles
+had also plighted his troth, the marriage was made.
+Thus did the house of Alcmæon become famous
+throughout the land of Greece. To these two, Megacles
+and Agarista, was born Cleisthenes, the same
+that divided the Athenians into tribes and set up also
+the rule of the people. This name he had from his
+grandfather of Sicyon. Also there was born another
+son, Hippocrates, and Hippocrates had a son Megacles
+and a daughter Agarista. This Agarista was
+married to Xanthippus the son of Ariphon; and
+being with child, she had a vision in her sleep, and
+dreamed that she brought forth a lion. Not many
+days afterwards she bore a son whose name was
+Pericles.</p>
+
+<p>Now shall be told the end of Miltiades. This man,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span>after the battle that was fought at Marathon, having
+been held before in high esteem among his countrymen,
+increased yet more in reputation. This being
+so, he asked of the Athenians seventy ships and an
+army and money. He told them not to what place
+he purposed to take the ships, saying only that if
+they would hearken to him he would greatly enrich
+them; for he would take them to a land whence
+they might easily get gold without stint. In this
+way he asked for the ships, and the Athenians, being
+carried away by what they heard, gave him that
+which he asked for. Then Miltiades, having got the
+ships and the army, sailed to the island of Paros.
+And the cause which he pretended for so doing was
+that the Parians had first made war against Athens,
+for that they had sent a ship of war with the Persians.
+This cause indeed he pretended; but in truth
+he had a grudge against a certain man of Paros,
+Lysagoras by name, because he had slandered him to
+Hydarnes the Persian. When Miltiades was come to
+Paros, the Parians took refuge within their walls;
+and a siege was begun. Then he sent a herald to the
+city, and demanded of the Parians a hundred talents,
+saying that he would not take his army thence till
+he had destroyed them, if they would not pay the
+money. Now the Parians had no thought of paying
+the money to Miltiades; but they did their utmost to
+strengthen their city against him, contriving many
+devices, among which was this, that where the wall
+was weakest there they built it up to twice the
+height that it had before.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span></p>
+
+<p>So far in the story are the Greeks agreed. But
+what happened after this is thus told by the men of
+Paros. To Miltiades, being in great straits, there
+came a woman that was a priestess, a Parian by
+birth, whose name was Timo; and she was a priestess
+of the lower gods, but one of the meaner sort. This
+woman came to Miltiades and said to him: “If thou
+hast set thy mind on taking Paros, do what I shall
+tell thee and thou shalt have thy wish.” And when
+she had unfolded to him her counsel, he went to the
+hill that is before the city and leaped over the fence
+that is about the precinct of Demeter the Lawgiver,
+for the door he was not able to open. And after
+leaping over the fence, he went to the sanctuary;
+and what he purposed to do therein, whether to move
+any of the things that may not be touched, or any
+other thing, no man can say; but when he was come
+to the door there fell suddenly upon him a great
+horror, so that he went back by the way by which
+he had come. But as he leaped over the fence he
+strained his thigh, or, as some say, he bruised his
+knee upon the ground.</p>
+
+<p>After this Miltiades, being in evil case, went back
+to Athens, but he brought the people no money,
+neither had he conquered Paros for them. Only he
+had besieged the city for twenty and six days, and
+had laid waste the island. And when the men of
+Paros knew of the priestess, that she had led Miltiades
+into the temple, so soon as the siege was at an end
+they sent worshippers to Delphi who should inquire
+whether they should not slay the priestess that had
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span>meditated the betraying of the country, and had
+caused Miltiades to see the holy things which it is
+not lawful for any man to behold. But the Pythia
+answered: “Slay her not; for it was the will of the
+Gods that Miltiades should come to an evil end, and
+this woman led him unto the same.” As for Miltiades,
+when he was come back to Athens the Athenians
+had much talk about him; and the chief of
+his enemies was Xanthippus. This man brought him
+to trial for his life before the people, whom, he said,
+he had deceived. And Miltiades, though he was
+present at his trial, could not plead for himself
+because his thigh was sorely diseased, but lay there
+upon a couch, while his friends pleaded earnestly on
+his behalf, saying much about the battle of Marathon
+and how he had taken the island of Lemnos. And
+the favor of the people was with him, so that they
+did not take away his life; yet was he condemned for
+his wrong-doing in a fine of fifty talents. After this
+Miltiades died in his prison, for the bone of his thigh
+had splintered, and the flesh was mortified. And the
+fine was paid by Cimon his son.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI">
+ CHAPTER VI.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">HOW PREPARATION WAS MADE FOR THE SECOND
+ WAR AGAINST THE GREEKS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>When King Darius heard tidings of the battle at
+Marathon, his wrath, which was already hot
+against the Athenians by reason of their doings at
+Sardis, waxed yet more fierce, so that he was more
+earnest than ever to make war against Greece. And
+straightway he sent messengers to all the cities in his
+dominions, bidding them gather together soldiers—and
+of these many more than he had commanded before—and
+with these, ships and horsemen and food
+and vessels of transport. And for the space of three
+years after these commands had been given, all Asia
+was in an uproar, seeing that the bravest of her
+children were being chosen to march against the
+Greeks, and were making ready to go. But in the
+fourth year the Egyptians, who had been enslaved by
+Cambyses, revolted. Then was Darius more zealous
+than before to march both against the Athenians and
+the Egyptians. But while he was making ready so
+to do, there came a great disputing among his sons
+who should be King after him; for the law of the
+Persians is that the King declares who shall reign
+after him before he goes to the war. Now Darius
+had had three sons born to him by his wife the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span>daughter of Gobryas; and these were born before
+that he was made King: and after that he was made
+King he had four others born to him of Atossa that
+was the daughter of Cyrus. Of the first three Artabazanes
+was the eldest, and of the four Xerxes.
+These disputed among themselves, and Artabazanes
+claimed the kingdom because he was the eldest of all,
+and because it was the custom over all the world that
+the eldest should have the pre-eminence; but Xerxes
+claimed it because his mother was daughter to Cyrus,
+and it was Cyrus that had established the kingdom of
+the Persians. Now while Darius doubted about the
+matter, there came up to Susa Demaratus the son of
+Ariston. The same had been deprived of his kingdom
+in Sparta and had fled from the city. When
+this man knew what it was that the sons of Darius
+disputed about, he came forward, according to report,
+and gave counsel to Xerxes that over and above the
+words that he had said he should say also this, that
+he had been born when Darius was already King and
+had dominion over all the Persians, but that Darius
+was a subject only when Artabazanes was born. “And
+indeed at Sparta,” said Demaratus, “the law is this,
+that if a king have children that are born before he
+be made King, and also a child that is born after, then
+he that is born after is preferred.” Of these words of
+Demaratus Xerxes made such use that King Darius
+declared that he should be King in his room. But in
+the year after it so befell that while he was preparing
+to make war both against the Greeks and against the
+Egyptians, King Darius died, having reigned over the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span>Persians thirty and six years in all; and Xerxes his
+son reigned in his stead. Now at the first Xerxes by
+no means desired to make war against the Greeks,
+but against the Egyptians he made great preparations.
+Then said Mardonius the son of Gobryas, who was
+cousin to the King, being sister’s son to King Darius,
+“My lord, it is by no means fitting that the Athenians,
+seeing that they have done grievous wrong to
+the Persians, should thus go unpunished. Do therefore
+first the thing that thou hast now in hand, and
+when thou hast humbled the Egyptians go forth
+against the Greeks. So shalt thou have great renown
+throughout the world, and men shall fear hereafter to
+trouble thy land.” And besides thus speaking of
+vengeance, Mardonius would also add that Europe
+was a very beautiful land, bearing all manner of fruitful
+trees, and of an excellent fertility, and altogether
+such that no man but the King was worthy to possess
+it. All this he said because he was a lover of change
+and adventure; also he hoped to be made ruler over
+the land of Greece. And at last he had his way,
+persuading Xerxes to take the matter in hand. There
+were other things that helped him persuading Xerxes
+to this act. First there came envoys from the house
+of Aleuas, that was King in Thessaly, who would fain
+have the King come against the land of Greece, and
+showed all zeal in his cause. Also certain of the
+house of Pisistratus that had come up to Susa held
+the same language. These had with them one Onomacritus,
+a man of Athens, that was a soothsayer,
+and one that had set in order the prophecies of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span>Musæus. Once, indeed, there had been enmity between
+the son of Pisistratus and this Onomacritus;
+for Hipparchus had banished him from Athens, having
+found that he had added to the prophecies of
+Musæus a certain prophecy how that an island which
+lies near unto Lemnos should one day be swallowed
+up in the sea. A certain Leros had found him out in
+this, and Hipparchus banished him, having been wont
+to consult him continually. But now the sons of
+Pisistratus were reconciled to him, and took him in
+their company to Susa, and talked much of him and
+of his wisdom. And so soon as he was brought before
+the King, he repeated to him certain of the
+prophecies. If there were any prophecy that spake
+of disaster to the Persians, of this he would make no
+mention, but such as seemed to promise them success
+he would set forth, how that it was in the fates that
+a Persian should bridge over the Hellespont. Thus
+did Onomacritus make much of his prophecies, and
+the sons of Pisistratus and the sons of Aleuas set forth
+their opinions to the same purpose.</p>
+
+<p>So King Xerxes was persuaded to make war upon
+the Greeks. And first, in the second year after the
+death of Darius, he marched into the land of Egypt,
+and having enslaved it more than it had been enslaved
+before, he gave it over to Achæmenes his
+brother, and son to Darius. (This Achæmenes was
+afterward slain by Inaros, the son of Psammeticus, a
+Nubian.) And after this, being now about to lead
+his army against Athens, he called an assembly of the
+noblest of the Persians, that he might hear what they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span>thought, and might himself say what he would have
+them hear. And when they were gathered together
+he spake, saying, “There is a custom, which, indeed,
+I did not first establish, but received it from the
+kings before me, that we Persians have never rested
+since the day when we took this kingdom from the
+Medes. So the Gods will have it, and in so doing
+have we greatly prospered. What nations Cyrus and
+Cambyses and Darius my father subdued ye know
+well. And since I came to this kingdom I have
+studied how I might show myself to be not behind
+them, and might not the less increase our Empire.
+And now I will set before you what I purpose. I
+will bridge over the Hellespont and cross into Europe
+that I may avenge my father and this nation upon
+the Athenians for all the wrong that they have done,
+burning their city with fire. Nor shall we get vengeance
+only, but this good also, that conquering the
+Athenians and their neighbors that dwell in the
+island of Pelops, we shall have the whole earth subject
+to us, for I take it that when these Greeks have
+been subdued there is no city or nation that shall be
+able to stand against us. This then is my judgment,
+but I would have you say what is your minds.
+Speak, therefore.”</p>
+
+<p>Then spake Mardonius: “O my lord, thou showest
+thyself to be the noblest of the Persians, not of those
+only that have been in former times, but also of all
+that shall be hereafter, when thou settest forth such
+good counsels in such excellent words. Surely it is
+not well that these men of Ionia should laugh at us
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span>and go unpunished, and that when we have subdued
+Indians and Assyrians and Ethiopians, not because
+they had done us wrong, but because we would
+enlarge our borders, we should leave these Greeks
+unharmed after that they have done us wrongs
+grievous and many. And that we may easily vanquish
+them, I doubt not at all. For I myself, at the
+bidding of my father Darius, marched against them,
+and went so far as the land of Macedonia, and indeed
+had come to the city of Athens itself, nor did I find
+any that dared meet me in battle. And yet, as I
+hear, these Greeks are wont to fight in a most foolish
+and ignorant fashion. For when they have declared
+war against one another, then they choose out the
+fairest and smoothest plot that they can find, and
+come down to this, and so fight that they who have
+the better in the battle yet depart not without great
+loss; as for them that are worsted there is nothing to
+be said, for they are utterly destroyed. For why,
+seeing that they are all of them one language, do
+they not send heralds and messengers and so compose
+their differences peaceably, rather than settle them
+by fighting? And, if they must needs fight, why do
+they not make the best each of them of that which
+they have, and so join in battle? And yet, notwithstanding
+this their folly, when I marched so far as
+Macedonia, not one of them dared to meet me. And
+now, O King, who will stand up against thee when
+thou bringest with thee all the warriors out of the
+land of Asia and the ships also? And if they be so
+mad as to stand, then shall they learn that we Persians<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span>
+are the greatest warriors on the face of the
+earth.”</p>
+
+<p>When Mardonius had thus spoken all the other
+Persians kept silence; but at the last Artabanus, the
+son of Hystaspes, being uncle to King Xerxes, and
+so taking courage to speak, put forth a contrary
+opinion in these words: “O King, if there be not
+set forth opinions that are contrary the one to the
+other, thou canst not choose the better, but must follow
+the one which thou hearest. For it is with
+opinions as it is with gold. Pure gold we know not
+so long as it is left by itself, but when we rub it
+against that which is not pure, then we know it. I
+counseled thy father Darius that he should not make
+war on the Scythians, men that have no city to dwell
+in; but he, thinking to subdue them, would not
+hearken to me, but marched against them, and lost
+many and brave soldiers. And now thou hast it in
+thy heart to make war against men that are far better
+than the Scythians, being mighty both by sea and
+land. Hear, therefore, into what danger thou art
+moving. Thou wilt bridge over the Hellespont, and
+march into the land of Greece. Suppose that thou
+suffer defeat whether it be by sea or by land, or,
+haply, by both, for the men are valiant (and, indeed,
+what they can do we know full well, for Datis and
+Artaphernes, when they led a mighty host into Attica,
+the Athenians alone defeated). But suppose
+they get the mastery by sea only, and so, sailing to
+the Hellespont, break down the bridge. This surely,
+O King, would be a terrible thing. Nor is this thing
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span>that I say of my own devising. For thy father
+Darius bridged over the Thracian Bosphorus and the
+Danube, and so marched against the Scythians. And
+when the Scythians used all manner of entreaties to
+the Ionians, to whom indeed the King had entrusted
+the charge of the bridge, if Histiæus of Miletus had
+followed the judgment of the other lords of the
+Ionians in this and had set himself against us, then
+had the power of the Persians been utterly destroyed.
+Surely it is a dreadful thing even to speak of, that
+the fortunes of the King should have rested upon the
+will of one man. Put away, therefore, O King, I
+beseech thee, this thy purpose to run without any
+need into this great danger, and hearken unto me.
+Break up this council and think over this matter in
+thine heart, and afterward declare unto us thy purpose,
+and remember this also, that God smites with
+his thunder such creatures as are tall and strong,
+passing by them that are smaller and weaker, and
+that it is on the tallest houses and trees that his bolts
+for the most part fall. For he is wont to bring down
+all high things. So otherwise a very great host is
+often put to flight by a few men, God sending upon
+it some storm or panic, for he will not suffer any but
+himself to have high thoughts. And as to thee,
+Mardonius, thou doest ill, speaking lightly against
+the Greeks, and persuading the King to head his
+army against them; for this thou manifestly wishest.
+God grant that thou succeed not in thy purpose. But
+if it must needs be that we march against the Greeks,
+then at the least let the King remain here safe at
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>home. And let us make this wager between ourselves.
+Choose out for thyself such men as thou wilt
+have, and take with thee an army so great as thou
+desirest, and if things go as thou sayest that they
+will, according to the pleasure of the King, then let
+my children be slain, and I also with them. But if
+things go not so, then shall thy children be slain,
+and thou also with them, if indeed thou shalt ever
+come back. But if thou shalt not take this wager,
+and wilt still march against the Greeks, then am I
+sure that they who are left in this land will hear that
+Mardonius has perished, having first worked great
+harm to the Persians, and lies torn by dogs and birds
+in the land of the Athenians, or, it may be, of the
+Lacedæmonians, having so learned what manner of
+men they are against whom thou persuadest the
+King to make war.”</p>
+
+<p>When Artabanus had thus spoken, Xerxes was very
+wroth, and cried, “Artabanus, thou art brother to
+my father, and this kinship shall save thee, so that
+thou shalt not receive the due reward of thy folly.
+Nevertheless, this disgrace I ordain for thee, for thy
+evil-mindedness and cowardice; thou shalt not march
+with me against this land of Greece, but shalt remain
+here with the women, and I without thee will accomplish
+that I have said. For let me not be said to be
+the son of Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the son of
+Arsemes, the son of Ariaramness, the son of Teispes,
+the son of Cyrus, the son of Cambyses, the son of
+Teispes, the son of Achæmenes, if I avenge not myself
+on these Athenians. Verily I believe that if I
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span>do not so they will come against this land, so bold
+have they shown themselves in time past, so that if
+we subdue them not, then will they subdue us, for
+indeed there is nothing between these two things.
+Rightly then shall I make war against these men, and
+so learn what is this great danger that lies in dealing
+with them, for are they not the same whom Pelops
+the Phrygian, that was servant to the kings my
+fathers, subdued so utterly, that their land is called
+the Island of Pelops to this day?”</p>
+
+<p>But when it was night the King was much troubled
+by the words of Artabanus; and taking counsel with
+himself, he judged that it would not be well to make
+war against the Greeks, and so fell asleep. But in
+the night, so say the Persians, he saw a vision. There
+stood over him a man tall and fair, who spake to
+him, saying, “Man of Persia, dost thou then change
+thy purpose so that after bidding the Persians gather
+together a great army, now thou wilt not lead it
+against the Greeks? Thou dost not well so to change.
+Go rather on the way whereon thou hast set out.”
+When the man had said so much he vanished out of
+the King’s sight. But when the day dawned Xerxes
+made no account of the vision that he had seen, but
+called together the Persians, as he had done the day
+before, and spake to them, saying, “Forgive me,
+men of Persia, if I change the purpose that I had
+yesterday; for I am not yet grown to the full height
+of my understanding, and they that give me this counsel
+cease not urging me. When therefore I heard the
+words of Artabanus the spirit of youth grew hot
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span>within me, and I spake to him such words as I should
+not have spoken, seeing that he is an old man. But
+now I confess my fault and yield myself to his judgment.
+Rest therefore in peace, knowing that I have
+changed my purpose, and will not make war against
+the Greeks.”</p>
+
+<p>When the Persians heard these words they rejoiced
+greatly and worshiped the King. But when it was
+night there came again the same vision to Xerxes,
+and stood over him, and spake, saying, “Son of
+Darius, thou hast declared thyself openly before all
+the Persians, changing thy purpose about this expedition,
+and taking no account of my words. Know
+this, therefore, that if thou do not go straightway on
+this journey, there shall rise out of the matter this
+ending. As thou didst become in a short space great
+and the lord of many men, so shalt thou in a short
+space be brought low.”</p>
+
+<p>When Xerxes heard these words he was much dismayed,
+and leaped up from his bed and sent a messenger
+to call Artabanus. And when he was come,
+Xerxes said to him, “Artabanus, I was not well advised,
+speaking to thee unseemly words when thou
+hadst given me good counsel. But in a short time I
+repented me purposing to do the things which thou
+didst counsel me. But though this is my purpose, I
+am not able to follow it; for now that I am changed
+and have repented of my folly, there appears to me a
+vision haunting me, and in nowise consenting to my
+resolve. And even now it has threatened me and departed.
+If therefore it be God that sends this vision
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span>to me, and if it be altogether according to his will
+that I should make this expedition against Greece,
+then the same vision will come to thee, and command
+thee the same things that it commanded me. And
+this, I think, will most surely happen if thou wilt
+take all my royal apparel and put it on thee, and so
+sit on my seat, and afterward sleep in my bed.”</p>
+
+<p>This at the first Artabanus was loth to do, but at
+the last moment consented to it. But first he spake
+to the King, saying, “When thou didst reproach me,
+O King, this troubled me not, but rather to see that
+when there were set before the Persians two counsels,
+whereof the one tended to increase their pride, and
+the other to prudence, thou didst choose the worse.
+And now that thou hast turned to wiser counsels
+thou sayest that there came a vision that will not
+suffer thee to cease from this purpose of war, and
+that it comes by the sending of a god. Now as to
+dreams and visions, know that there is nothing divine
+in them, but that they wander about at random. For
+I am much older than thou, and know more of such
+things. Now men are wont to dream of such things
+as they have been concerned with in the day; and we
+have been much concerned with this matter of the
+war. But if this vision be not such as I think, but
+rather as thou sayest, of the sending of a god, then
+will it appear and lay its commands upon me even as
+it did upon thee; nor should it appear to me at all
+the more because I wear thy clothing or sit upon thy
+seat. For this thing, whatever it be, that thou seest
+in thy dreams can not be so foolish as to think that I
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span>am thou, because I wear thy clothing. Now if it
+takes no heed of me, and still appear to thee saying
+the same things, then shall I myself judge it to be of
+God. For the rest, if it be thy purpose that I wear
+thy apparel, and sleep in thy bed, be it so; let the
+vision appear to me. But for the present I hold to
+my own opinion.”</p>
+
+<p>So much said Artabanus, hoping to persuade Xerxes
+that the thing was naught. He put on the King’s
+apparel, and sat on his throne, and afterward lay
+down to sleep in his bed. And when he was asleep
+there came to him the same vision that had come to
+Xerxes, and stood over him and spake, saying,
+“Thou art he that persuadeth Xerxes not to make
+war against the Greeks, having, thou sayest, a care
+for him. Verily thou shalt not go unpunished, either
+now or hereafter, seeking to hinder that which it is
+the purpose of God to bring to pass. And as
+for what Xerxes shall suffer if he be disobedient in
+this matter, it has been declared to him already.”</p>
+
+<p>When the vision had thus spoken it seemed to
+Artabanus to make as if it were about to burn out his
+eyes with hot irons. Then he cried aloud, and
+leaped up from the bed, and sat him down by Xerxes
+and told him all that he had seen. And afterward he
+said to the King, “I am one, O King, that has seen
+strong things overthrown by the weak, and so I
+would not have thee yield to thy desires, knowing
+that it was an evil thing to covet great possessions,
+and remembering how ill Cyrus fared when he made
+war against the Massagetæ, and Cambyses against
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span>the Ethiopians, and having myself gone with Darius
+against the Scythians. But now since this inspiration
+comes from God, who is preparing, it seems,
+utter destruction against the Greeks, I change my
+counsel. Do thou therefore declare to the Persians
+the purpose of God, and take good care that if God
+give thee this opportunity, thou shalt not fail any
+thing on thy part.”</p>
+
+<p>So soon therefore as it was day Xerxes told the
+whole matter to the Persians, and Artabanus, who
+had been the only one to speak against the war, was
+now the foremost in urging it.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII">
+ CHAPTER VII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE SETTING FORTH OF XERXES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>For the space of four years from the subduing of
+Egypt did the servants of King Xerxes gather
+together the host and all such things as were needful
+for it. And in the beginning of the fifth year the
+King set out upon his march, having such an army
+as had never before been seen. For indeed that
+which Darius led against the Scythians was as
+nothing in comparison of this, neither was that
+wherewith the Scythians invaded the land of Asia,
+and subdued the northern parts thereof (this was the
+cause why Darius invaded the land of the Scythians),
+nor that which the sons of Atreus led against Troy,
+nor that of the Mysians and Teucrians, who, in the
+days before the Trojan war, conquered the land of
+Thrace, and came as far as the river Peneus that is in
+the land of Thessaly. Not one of these armies is
+worthy to be compared with the army of Xerxes.
+For what people of Asia did he not lead against
+Greece? And what stream, saving only the great
+rivers, was not drunk up by his armies? Some were
+bidden to furnish foot soldiers, and some horsemen,
+and some ships for carrying of horses and men at
+arms, and some ships of war for the bridges, and
+others food and ships. First of all, seeing that they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span>who had first sailed against Greece had suffered great
+loss at Mount Athos, Xerxes caused that there should
+be a fleet of ships of war at Elæus, and that men
+from the ships, taking turn by turn, should dig a
+great trench, digging under the lash of taskmasters,
+in which work the people of the country also took
+their part.</p>
+
+<p>Now this Athos is a great and famous mountain,
+that stretches out into the sea, and the land by which
+it is joined to the continent is narrow, being of the
+breadth of a mile and a half. Across this Xerxes
+would have them dig a trench. And the men
+dug it after this fashion. A line was drawn across by
+city Sane, and the nations divided the work among
+themselves. When the trench was now deep, some
+stood below and dug, and others handed up the earth
+to men that stood on ladders, and these again to
+others, till it was brought to the top, and so carried
+away. The greater part had double trouble with the
+digging, the sides breaking away continually; nor
+indeed could it have been otherwise, seeing that they
+made the measure of the top and the measure of the
+bottom to be the same. But with the Phœnicians it
+was not so, for they showed their wisdom in this as
+they commonly do in other things. When they had
+had their part allotted to them, they made their digging
+at the top twice as broad as was needed for the
+trench; but as they went down they made it narrower,
+till at the bottom it was of the same width as
+the rest. Near to the trench was a plain wherein
+there was a market and a place for buying and selling;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span>
+and much corn, ready ground, was brought
+to the place from Asia.</p>
+
+<p>This work, it would seem, Xerxes did from pride,
+wishing to show his might, and to leave a memorial
+of himself. For when he might without trouble
+have had his ships drawn across the isthmus, he commanded
+that a trench should be made from one sea
+to the other, and this of such a breadth that two ships
+of war could pass. And he also commanded them
+that had the business of digging this trench that they
+should build a bridge over the river Strymon. Other
+preparations also were made, ropes of papyrus and of
+white flax for the bridges, and stores of food for the
+army and for the beasts of burden.</p>
+
+<p>The place of gathering for the armies was Critalla
+in Cappadocia. Setting out thence, it marched
+through the land of Phrygia to the city of Celænæ,
+which is on the river Mæander. Here in the market-place
+is hung out the skin of Marsyas the Satyr,
+whom Apollo flayed, when he had vanquished him in
+a conquest of singing.</p>
+
+<p>In this city there dwelt a certain Pythius, the son
+of Atys, a Lydian. This man entertained Xerxes
+and his whole army with very great hospitality, and
+said also that he was willing to give him money for
+the war. And when the King heard this talk of
+money, he asked them that stood by, saying, “Who
+is this Pythius, and what wealth has he that he
+makes such promises?” And they said, “O King,
+this is the man that gave the golden plane-tree to
+King Darius thy father, and the vine also; and he
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span>surpasses all men there are in wealth, thou only being
+excepted, O King.” At the last words Xerxes marveled
+much; and he called Pythius and asked him,
+saying, “What is the sum of thy wealth?” And
+Pythius made answer, “I will hide nothing from
+thee, nor will I make any pretense that I do not
+know the sum of my substance. I know it, and will
+declare it truly to you. So soon as I knew that you
+were purposing to come down with your army to the
+sea of the Greeks, because I wished to furnish you
+with some money for the war, I reckoned up all that
+belongs to me, and found that I have two thousand
+talents of silver and four millions of gold darics,
+wanting seven thousand only. All this I willingly
+give thee for a gift; and I shall still have sufficient
+from my fields and from my slaves.”</p>
+
+<p>These words pleased King Xerxes much, and he
+said, “Since I came out from the laud of Persia I
+have not found a man who was willing to give entertainment
+to my whole army, and also to furnish
+money for the war, saving thee only. But thou hast
+entertained my army in royal fashion, and now
+makest offer of much money. Now for all this I
+will make thee this return. First of all thou shalt
+be my friend from this time forth, and thy four millions
+of darics I will complete out of my own treasury,
+giving thee the seven thousand that thou lackest,
+that the tale may be completed. Do thou therefore
+keep for thyself that which thou hast gained. And
+remember to be such always as thou hast shown thyself
+to-day, for he that doeth such things will in no
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span>wise repent himself of them either now or in the time
+to come.”</p>
+
+<p>When he had said this, and had made good his
+promises, he went on his way. And he came to
+Colossæ, a great city of Phrygia, where the river
+Lycus entering a great gulf flows for five furlongs
+under the earth, and from Colossæ to Cydrara, where
+King Crœsus had set up a pillar to mark the boundaries
+of Lydia. After this he saw a plane-tree which
+was so fair that for the sake of its beauty he gave it
+ornaments of gold, and appointed one of the Immortals
+to have the charge of it. So he came to the city
+of Sardis.</p>
+
+<p>Being arrived at this city he straightway sent
+heralds to Greece who should ask for earth and
+water, as tokens that they gave themselves and their
+country to the King. To Athens, indeed, and to
+Sparta he sent not, but to all other cities he sent, for
+he thought that they who had refused to give them
+on the sending of King Darius would now give them
+for fear of his host.</p>
+
+<p>Now the cause why he sent not heralds to Athens
+and Sparta was this, that these cities had dealt evilly
+with the heralds which King Darius had sent on this
+errand, the Athenians throwing them down into the
+pit, which is the place of punishment for such as are
+appointed to die, and the Spartans casting them into
+a well and bidding them take earth and water for
+themselves. What ill thing befell the Athenians by
+reason of their having dealt so unrighteously with
+the heralds it is not possible to discern, unless indeed
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span>it be that their city and country were laid waste; but
+for this laying waste there was doubtless another
+cause. But on the Spartans there came trouble from
+the wrath of Talthybius, the same that was herald to
+King Agamemnon. (There is a temple of this Talthybius
+in Sparta, and when there is any sending of
+heralds from Sparta, his descendants, who are called
+the sons of Talthybius, are sent.) After the doing of
+this deed the Spartans found no good tokens in their
+sacrifices. And when this had been so for many
+days, the Spartans were much troubled, and called
+many assemblies of the people about this matter.
+At the last they made proclamation inquiring whether
+any Spartan were willing to die for his country.
+Whereupon two men, Sperthias the son of Aneristus,
+and Bulis the son of Nicolaus, nobles both of them,
+and than whom there were none more wealthy
+in Sparta, of their own free-will offered themselves
+as an offering of atonement to Xerxes, and the Spartans
+sent them to the Persians as men that were
+doomed to die. In their journey to Susa they came
+to Hydarnes. This Hydarnes was a Persian, and governor
+of all them that dwelt on the sea-coast of Asia.
+This man showed them hospitality; and as they sat
+at the banquet, he said to them, “Men of Sparta,
+why are you not willing to be friends with the King?
+Ye see that the King knows how to honor good men,
+for consider me and my fortune. And ye also, if you
+would give yourselves to the King—for the King
+knows that ye are good men—would be rulers of the
+land of Greece by the King’s favor.” To this the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span>men answered, “Thy counsel, Hydarnes, is not the
+counsel of one that knows the whole matter. Thou
+knowest indeed what it is to be a slave, but of freedom
+thou hast never made trial, whether it be sweet
+or no. Surely if thou hadst made such trial thou
+wouldst counsel us to fight for it, not with the spear
+only, but also with the battle-axe.”</p>
+
+<p>Such was the answer which the men made to Hydarnes.
+After this they went unto Susa, and came
+before the King. And when the guards would have
+had them fall down before the King and do obeisance,
+these two Spartans refused. “We will not do it,”
+said they; “no, not if ye thrust our heads down to
+the ground, for it is not our custom to fall down
+before any man, neither are we come hither for any
+such thing.” In this manner they escaped the doing
+such obeisance. Afterward they spake to the King,
+saying, “King of the Medes, the Lacedæmonians
+have sent us to make atonement for thy heralds that
+were slain in Sparta.” But Xerxes, for greatness of
+heart, would not take such atonement. “The Spartans,”
+he said, “when they do such things overthrow
+all law and justice among men; but I will not make
+myself like unto them. I will neither do the thing
+for the doing of which I reproach them, nor will I
+loose them from their guilt by slaying the men that
+they have sent to me.”</p>
+
+<p>By these means the anger of Talthybius was staid
+awhile, and this though Sperthias and Bulis came
+back safe to Sparta. Nevertheless many years afterward
+it fell on the Spartans, as they themselves say,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span>in the great war that was waged between them and
+the Athenians. That this wrath should fall on envoys
+of the Spartans, and should not cease till it was
+satisfied, seems to be just; but that the men on
+whom it fell should be children of these same two
+that were sent to the King at Susa, this is passing
+strange. Yet so it fell out. For Nicolaüs the son of
+Bulis, and Aneristus the son of Sperthias, having
+been sent as ambassadors to Asia, were betrayed by
+Sitalces, King of Thrace, to the Athenians, and
+being carried to Attica, there perished, and with
+them Aristeas of Corinth. These things came to
+pass many years after the expedition of King Xerxes.</p>
+
+<p>When the messengers, then, had been sent to the
+cities of the Greeks, the King prepared to march to
+Abydos, purposing to pass over thence into Europe.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII">
+ CHAPTER VIII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE MARCH OF XERXES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>While Xerxes tarried at Sardis, they that were
+appointed to this business made a bridge over
+the Hellespont, from Abydos to a certain rocky land
+that runs out into the sea on the other side, the space
+between being seven furlongs. One line the Phœnicians
+made with cables of white flax, and the other
+the Egyptians, with cables of papyrus. But when
+the work was finished there arose a great storm and
+brake it all to pieces. So soon as Xerxes heard what
+had befallen, he was very wroth, and commanded
+that they should lay three hundred lashes of the whip
+upon the Hellespont, and should also throw into the
+sea a pair of fetters. It has been said that he even
+sent branders to brand the Hellespont. Certainly he
+commanded them that laid the stripes on the water
+to say therewith barbarous and impious words: “O
+evil water, thy master putteth this punishment on
+thee because thou hast worked him harm that had
+worked no harm to thee. Know that King Xerxes
+will cross thee whether thou will or no. Rightly
+doth no man offer sacrifice to thee, deceitful and salt
+river as thou art.” This punishment he bade them
+put upon the sea, and he cut off the heads of them
+that were set over the making of the bridge. Then
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span>they that had this thankless office put upon them fulfilled
+their task; and afterward other builders set
+about the work and accomplished it. They joined
+together ships of war, three hundred and sixty on the
+one side toward the Black Sea, and three hundred
+and fourteen on the other, mooring them with very
+great anchors that they might not be moved by the
+winds that blow either way. And they left three
+spaces that such as would pass by in light vessels, to
+or from the Black Sea, might do so without let. And
+when the bridge was finished, they made planks of
+wood of the same breadth as was the bridge, and laid
+them on the top; and on the planks they put brushwood,
+and on the brushwood earth; and when they
+had trodden this down they set up a barrier on either
+side, that the beasts of burden and the horses might
+not be afraid looking upon the sea.</p>
+
+<p>But when the bridge had been finished, and the
+trench by Mount Athos, and the breakwater about
+the mouth of the trench—for they had made breakwaters
+by reason of the surf, that the mouth of the
+trench might not be filled up—it was now winter.
+Xerxes therefore passed the winter in Sardis; and
+when it was spring the army set forth.</p>
+
+<p>On the very day of its setting forth the sun left its
+place in the heavens; and though there were no
+clouds, but the sky was at its clearest, the day was
+turned into night. When Xerxes saw this he was
+not a little troubled, and asked the Magians what this
+sight might mean. And the Magians made answer
+that the things signified to the Greeks the leaving of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span>their cities; for that the sun was the foreteller to the
+Greeks and the moon to the Persians. But when
+Pythius the Lydian saw this marvel that had happened
+in the heavens, being emboldened by the gifts
+that he made to the King, he stood before Xerxes
+and said: “O my lord, I pray thee that thou grant
+me a certain thing which is of small account to thee,
+but to me very much to be desired.” And Xerxes,
+not thinking what he had in his mind, made answer,
+“Speak on and I will do for thee whatsoever thou
+desirest.” When Pythius heard these words he took
+courage and said, “O my lord, I have five sons, and
+thou art taking them all with thee for this war which
+thou makest against the Greeks. Have pity, therefore,
+on me, O King, remembering my old age, and
+release from this service one of my sons, even the
+eldest, that he may have me and my possessions in
+charge.” When Xerxes heard this he was very
+wroth, and made answer, “Vile fellow, hast thou
+dared, even when I am myself going against Greece,
+and bringing with me my sons and my brethren, and
+my ministers and friends, to make mention of thy
+sons, thou that art my slave, and art bound to follow
+me with thy whole household, and even with thy
+wife? When thou didst well and madest to me offers
+of good things, thou couldst not surpass the King in
+bounty, and now that thou doest ill, thou shalt have
+less than thy desert. Thy hospitality shall save thee
+and four of thy sons; but the life of him whom thou
+lovest above the rest is the forfeit.” So soon as
+Xerxes had said this, forthwith he gave command to
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span>them that had the charge of such things to search out
+the eldest of the sons of Pythius and cut him in
+twain; and when they had cut him in twain to put
+the two halves one on the right hand of the way and
+the other on the left. And he bade the army pass between
+the two. So the army passed between the two
+halves. First came they that bare the baggage, and
+the beasts of burden, and after them a great army of
+many nations, without any space between the nations,
+in all more than half of the whole. Then there was
+left a space between the host and the King. Afterward
+there came a thousand horsemen, chosen out of
+all the Persians, and after the horsemen a thousand
+spearmen, these too being chosen men, bearing their
+spear-points turned toward the ground, and after the
+spearmen ten horses of Nisa, having very fair trappings.
+These horses came from the plain of Nisa in the
+land of Media, and are very great. Behind the horses
+came the sacred chariot of Zeus, drawn by eight
+white horses, and after the horses there walked the
+charioteer on foot, holding the reins in his hand, for
+on the seat of this chariot no man may sit. After
+this came Xerxes himself, on a chariot drawn by
+horses of Nisa, and by his side was a charioteer,
+Patiramphes the son of Otanes. And whenever the
+wish took him he would change from his chariot to
+a litter. Behind the King came a thousand spearmen,
+the noblest and bravest of the Persians, holding
+their spears in the usual fashion; and after these a
+thousand chosen horsemen; and after the horsemen
+ten thousand chosen men on foot. A thousand of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span>these had golden pomegranates instead of spikes at
+the shafts of their spears. These compassed about
+the other nine thousand, who had their spears with
+pomegranates of silver. The spearmen that pointed
+their spears to the ground had also pomegranates of
+gold, and those that came next after the King had
+apples of gold. After the ten thousand that were on
+foot came ten thousand horsemen of the Persians.
+Behind the horsemen was a space of two furlongs,
+after which came the remainder of the host, mingled
+in one crowd.</p>
+
+<p>As the host passed by Mount Ida there fell upon it
+a great storm of thunder and lightning, and slew
+many men. After this it came to the river Scamander;
+this was the first of the rivers that failed,
+being drunk up by the army and the horses and the
+beasts of burden. Here the King went up into the
+citadel of Priam, desiring to see the place; and when
+he had seen and heard every thing he sacrificed a
+thousand heifers to Athene of Troy; and the Magi
+poured out libations to the heroes. That night a
+panic fell upon the host; and so soon as it was day
+they departed and came to Abydos.</p>
+
+<p>When he was come to Abydos Xerxes greatly
+desired to see his army. Now there had been prepared
+beforehand for him by the men of Abydos a
+seat of white marble on a hill that was nigh unto the
+city, for so he had bidden them. On this therefore
+he sat, and looking down upon the shore saw his
+army and his ships. And as he looked upon them he
+had a desire to see a race of ships; and there was
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span>made a race, and the Phœnicians of Sidon prevailed.
+Xerxes was greatly delighted with the contest and
+with the sight of his army. For when he saw all the
+Hellespont covered with ships, and all the shores and
+all the plains of Abydos filled with men, he counted
+himself a happy man. But afterward he wept.</p>
+
+<p>And Artabanus, his uncle, the same that at the
+first spake boldly to the King that he should not
+make war against the Greeks, when he knew that
+Xerxes wept, went to him, and said, “O King, how
+different is this that thou doest now from that which
+thou didst but a short time ago? For then thou
+calledest thyself happy, but now thou weepest.”
+Then said the King, “There come upon me of a
+sudden a thought of pity how short is the whole life
+of man, seeing that of all this great army not one
+shall be alive one hundred years hence.” Then said
+Artabanus, “We men have to endure in life things
+more piteous than this. For in this life, for all its
+shortness, there is no man so happy but that he will
+wish, and this not once but many times, to die rather
+than to live. For misfortunes come upon us, and
+diseases harass us, so that life, though it be short, yet
+seems to be overlong, and death, so full of trouble is
+life, to be the best refuge to which a man can fly.
+For the Gods that give us a taste of the sweetness of
+life, yet are jealous so that we may not enjoy it to
+the full.” To this Xerxes made answer, “Let us not
+so think of human life, though it be such as thou
+sayest, nor keep evil things in our minds when we
+have good things in our hands. But come now tell
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span>me, if thou hadst not seen that vision wouldst thou
+have been still of the same opinion, advising me that
+I should not make war against the Greeks?” Artabanus
+answered, “O King, may the vision which we
+saw be accomplished as we would have it. Yet am I
+full of fear, seeing that there are two things, and
+these the greatest of all, that are against us.” And
+the King said, “What are these two? Thinkest thou
+that the Greeks will bring against us more men or
+more ships?” Then said Artabanus, “No man that
+had any understanding could find any thing that he
+might blame either in thy host or thy fleet. Yet are
+two things against us, even the land and the sea.
+For there is, I suppose, no harbor in the sea so great
+that it could receive all this great multitude of ships;
+and yet we should have not one harbor, but many,
+one after the other, along the whole coast of the land.
+Seeing then that such harbors are not to be found,
+remember that chances are rulers of men rather than
+men of chances. And if the sea be hostile, much
+more is the land, and not the less so if none seek to
+withstand thee, seeing that the further thou shalt go
+the greater will be the danger of famine. This I say
+thinking it best for men to fear all things when they
+take counsel, and to fear nothing when they are in
+action.”</p>
+
+<p>Then said the King, “What thou sayest, Artabanus,
+thou sayest not without reason. Yet if a man will
+always look to all chances that may happen he will
+never accomplish great deeds. Thou seest to what
+greatness this realm of Persia has grown. Yet if the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span>kings that were before me had followed such counsel
+as thine it had never grown in such a fashion.
+Not without peril did they attain this glory, for great
+things are achieved by great dangers. We therefore
+follow in their steps, and having now set forth in the
+fairest season of the year, will return safe, when we
+have subdued all Europe; neither shall we meet with
+famine nor any evil thing whatsoever. For much
+food we carry with us, and we shall have the food of
+such nations as we shall subdue. And remember
+that it is against men that till the earth and not
+against wanderers that we go.”</p>
+
+<p>To this Artabanus made answer, “At the least, O
+King, hearken to one counsel which I would give
+thee. Cyrus the son of Cambyses subdued all the
+Ionians, save the Athenians only. I counsel thee,
+therefore, that thou do not by any means compel
+these Ionians to fight against their fathers. Surely
+without them we shall be stronger than our enemies.
+But if thou compel them, then must they either do a
+great wrong in fighting against the land that sent
+them forth, or do a righteous act going over from us
+to our enemies and thereby greatly injuring us.”</p>
+
+<p>To this Xerxes answered, “There is naught, Artabanus,
+in which thou hast gone further from the
+truth than in this judgment of thine concerning the
+Ionians. Have we not a sure proof of their truth—a
+thing of which both thou and all they that went with
+King Darius against the Scythians are witnesses—that
+it was in their hands to destroy the army of the
+Persians or to save it alive. And they behaved
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span>themselves righteously, and did nothing unjust.
+And besides this, they have left their wives and children
+in our land. Why then should they think to
+rebel against us? But be of good heart; and go,
+take charge of my house and my kingdom. For to
+thee only of all the Persians do I commit my
+scepter.”</p>
+
+<p>So Xerxes sent Artabanus to Susa. And when he
+was departed he called together the noblest of the
+Persians, and said to them, “Men of Persia, I have
+called you together that I may bid you bear yourselves
+bravely, and do no shame to the deeds which
+the Persians in former days have wrought, for these
+have been great and worthy of renown. Do ye
+therefore one and all be zealous in this war, for we
+seek that which concerns us all. And, indeed, I am
+told that they are good men against whom we make
+war, and that if we conquer them there are none on
+earth who can resist them. And now let us pray to
+the gods that have rule over Persia, and pass over the
+bridge.”</p>
+
+<p>So all that day they made preparations for the
+passing over; and the next day they waited for the
+rising of the sun, desiring to see it before they should
+begin to cross. And when the sun was risen, Xerxes,
+pouring drink offerings into the sea from a cup
+of gold, made his prayer with his face turned to the
+sun, that no misfortune might befall him before he
+should conquer all Europe, even to the uttermost
+borders. And when he had finished praying, he cast
+the cup into the Hellespont, and also a mixing bowl
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span>of gold, and a Persian sword which they call a
+cimeter. But whether he cast these things into the
+sea because he would offer them to the sun, or
+whether he repented him of having laid stripes upon
+the Hellespont and gave these gifts in atonement to
+the sea, can not certainly be known.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX">
+ CHAPTER IX.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">HOW XERXES CROSSED OVER INTO EUROPE,
+ AND OF HIS ARMY.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>All things being now ready, the host of Xerxes
+crossed over from Asia into Europe, the foot
+soldiers and the horsemen going over the bridge that
+was toward the Black Sea, and the servants of the
+army and the beasts of burden the bridge that was
+toward the Ægean. First came the Ten Thousand,
+all of them wearing crowns; and after them came a
+mixed host of all nations. These passed over on the
+first day; and on the next day passed over the horsemen,
+and they that carried their spears turned toward
+the ground. These also had crowns on their heads.
+After these came the sacred horses and the sacred
+chariot; and next to these Xerxes and the spearmen
+and the thousand horsemen, and after these the rest
+of the army. And all the ships sailed to the shore
+over against Abydos.</p>
+
+<p>When Xerxes had crossed over, he watched his
+army crossing over under the lash, and this they did
+without pause or rest for seven days and seven nights.
+It is reported that when Xerxes had passed over a
+man that dwelt in these parts cried out, “O Zeus,
+why art thou come in the likeness of a Persian, and
+calling thyself Xerxes and not Zeus, with the whole
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>race of men following thee, to destroy the Greeks
+when thou couldst have destroyed them without so
+doing?”</p>
+
+<p>When they had all crossed over there happened a
+great marvel, of which Xerxes took no account,
+though indeed it was easy to understand. The marvel
+was this, that a mare brought forth a hare. And
+what was to be understood from it was this—that
+Xerxes was leading against the Greeks a great host
+and splendidly equipped, and yet before many days
+he would come again to the same place as one that
+fled for life.</p>
+
+<p>Then Xerxes went on his way, the fleet sailing
+along by the coast. And when he came to Doriscus
+he had a desire to know the number of his army.
+What indeed were the numbers of the several nations
+can not be said; but the number of the whole host
+was found to be a thousand thousand and seven hundred
+thousands. These were numbered in a way that
+shall now be told. They brought ten thousand men
+into one place; these they placed together as closely
+as they could, and having done this, they drew a
+circle about them; and when they had done this circle
+and let the ten thousand go, they made a heap
+about the circle, so high as the middle of a man.
+When they had so done they brought others into the
+place that was thus hedged about till they had filled
+it. When they had numbered the host they set it in
+order nation by nation.</p>
+
+<p>These nations were many in number. First of all
+were the Persians, wearing turbans on their heads
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span>and about their bodies tunics with sleeves of divers
+colors, having iron scales like to the scales of a fish.
+On their legs they had trews, and their shields were
+of wicker. For arms they had short spears and long
+bows and arrows of reed; also they had daggers
+hanging from their girdles by the right thigh. The
+Medes were accoutered in the same way; and indeed
+this fashion of armor is Median rather than Persian.</p>
+
+<p>The Assyrians had helmets of brass, wrought in a
+strange fashion. These had shields and spears and
+daggers like to the Egyptians; and besides they had
+clubs of wood with knots of iron and linen corslets.</p>
+
+<p>The Scythians had trews. These carried bows and
+daggers, and battle-axes also. The Indians were clad
+in cotton, with bows of cane, and arrows also of cane
+pointed with iron. As for the Arabians they had
+long cloaks bound about the waist with girdles, and
+at their right side they carried bows bending backward.
+They that came from Ethiopia were clad in
+skins of panthers and lions. Their bows were of the
+stems of palm leaves, four cubits and more in length;
+their arrows were small and of reed, having heads of
+stone for iron. (This same stone is used for engraving
+of seals.) They had spears also, with the horns
+of antelopes made sharp for spear-heads, and knotted
+clubs also. When they were about to go into battle
+they would paint the one-half of their bodies with
+chalk and the other with vermilion. There were
+also Eastern Ethiopians (these had straight hair,
+while they of the West had hair more woolly than
+the hair of other men) equipped like to the others,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span>but having the scalps of horses on their heads.
+These they flay off with the ears and mane. The
+ears stand upright and the mane is for a crest. For
+shields they have bucklers made of the skins of
+cranes.</p>
+
+<p>Many nations came from the Lower Asia, as Phrygians
+and Paphlagonians, and Lydians, these last being
+clad and armed very much in Greek fashion.
+There were also Mysians (who in old time came forth
+from Lydia, but then dwelt in the Mysian Olympus).
+These had helmets and bucklers and staves of wood
+with one end hardened in the fire. Also the Bithynians
+came from this land, having before dwelt about
+the Strymon, in Thrace. These had skins of foxes
+on their heads, and tunics with long cloaks of many
+colors about their bodies, and buskins of fawn skins
+about their legs and feet; and for arms javelins and
+light shields and short daggers.</p>
+
+<p>From these and many other nations of Asia and
+Africa came the footmen of the host. They had captains
+of tens and of hundreds and of thousands and
+of ten thousands; and over all six generals, Mardonius,
+Tritantæchmes, son of Artabanus, Megabyzus,
+son of Zopyrus, the same that took the city of
+Babylon for King Darius, and three others.</p>
+
+<p>These six commanded all the footmen save only
+the Ten Thousand. These Ten Thousand were Persians
+all of them, chosen men. These Hydarnes led,
+and they were called the Immortals, because if any
+man among them die or fall sick, straightway another
+is chosen into his place, so that they are ten thousand
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span>always, neither more nor less. Of all the host the
+Persians were the bravest and most splendidly
+equipped.</p>
+
+<p>The horsemen came from many nations. Among
+these were the Sagartians, a wandering people. These
+are wont to have no arms either of iron or bronze,
+save only a dirk. But they have lassoes of leathern
+thongs and trust to these. They fight in this fashion.
+When they go into battle, they cast their lassoes having
+nooses at the end; and that which is entangled in
+the noose they draw toward them, be it man or horse,
+and slay it.</p>
+
+<p>Of the Indians some rode in chariots drawn by wild
+asses. The Arabians rode on camels that were not
+less swift than horses. These were set last in order
+because the horses could not endure the sight of the
+camels. Of horsemen there were in all eighty thousand.</p>
+
+<p>The number of the ships of war was one thousand
+and two hundred and seven. Of these the Phœnicians
+furnished three hundred and the Egyptians two
+hundred, and the men of Cyprus one hundred and
+fifty, and the men of Cilicia one hundred. The
+Ionians and the Æolians and the Greeks that dwelt
+about the Hellespont and the Black Sea furnished
+two hundred and sixty and seven. And on all the
+ships there were fighting men, Persians and Medes
+and Sacæ. The best of all the ships were the Phœnician,
+and of the Phœnician ships the best they that
+came from Sidon.</p>
+
+<p>As to the names of them that commanded the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>ships, there is no need to tell them. For indeed they
+were not commanders, but slaves, even as the others.
+But the Persians that commanded were Ariabignes
+son of Darius, and Megabazus, with two others. Of
+smaller ships and transports and the like there were
+three thousand in all.</p>
+
+<p>One of the generals must needs be mentioned,
+namely Artemisia, the daughter of Lygdamis. She,
+her husband being dead and her son but a lad, had
+the lordship of her city, even Halicarnassus; and she
+went with Xerxes against Greece, not of necessity,
+but of her own free will, so valiant was she and of so
+manlike a spirit. She furnished five ships to the
+King, and in all the fleet there were none better, save
+only those of the Sidonians; nor was there one of the
+allies that gave better counsel to the King than did
+this Artemisia.</p>
+
+<p>When Xerxes had numbered the host and the fleet,
+and had set them in order, it seemed good to him to
+go through them and see them for himself. This
+therefore he did. First he rode on a chariot, driving
+from nation to nation, and inquiring about each many
+things; and there followed scribes, who wrote down
+that which was answered. This he did till he came
+to the very end of the footmen and of the horsemen.
+After this he left his chariot and embarked on a ship
+of Sidon, and sitting under a tent of gold sailed
+along by the prows of the ships, these all having been
+launched and being drawn up about four hundred
+feet from the shore, and the fighting men upon them,
+some ready armed as for battle. The King sailed between<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span>
+the ships and the shore; and the scribes followed
+him and wrote as before.</p>
+
+<p>When he had ended these things he sent for Demaratus,
+the son of Ariston, that had been King in
+Sparta, and had been banished thence, and asked
+him, saying, “Demaratus, it is my pleasure to ask
+thee a certain question. Thou art a Greek; and as I
+hear from thee and from other of thy people, thou
+comest of a city that is by no means the least or
+weakest in the land of Greece. Tell me, then, will
+the Greeks abide our coming, and lift a hand against
+us? For, as it seems to me, not all the Greeks, nor
+all the barbarians of the west, if they were gathered
+together, could stand up against me when I come
+against them, if they were not of one mind. But
+tell me, what thinkest thou?”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Demaratus, “Shall I answer thee that
+which is true or that which is pleasant?”</p>
+
+<p>The King said, “Speak that which is true. It
+shall not be the worse for thee.”</p>
+
+<p>When Demaratus heard this, he said, “O King,
+thou biddest me speak the truth, so that I may not
+be found hereafter to have lied unto thee. With us
+Greeks poverty is born and bred; and we have gotten
+for ourselves valor by help of wisdom and law, and
+by valor we keep ourselves both from poverty and
+from servitude. Now that which I am about to say
+regards the Spartans only, though indeed I honor all
+the Greeks that dwell in the Dorian country. Know
+then, in the first place, that the Spartans will receive
+no conditions from thee that shall bring slavery upon
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>Greece; and in the second, that they will surely come
+forth to meet thee in battle, yea, though all the
+Greeks besides be on thy side. But as to their number
+there is no need to inquire; for if there be a thousand
+that shall march out to battle, or if there be
+more or less these will surely fight.”</p>
+
+<p>When Xerxes heard this he laughed, and said,
+“What is this that thou hast said, Demaratus? Shall
+a thousand men fight with a whole army? Tell me
+now. Thou hast been, thou sayest, King of these
+Spartans. Wilt thou then forthwith fight singly
+with ten men? Yet if all thy nation be such as thou
+sayest, thou being their King shouldst, according
+to your custom, contend against as many again;
+so that if a common man be a match for ten
+men of my army thou shouldst be a match for
+twenty. But if they that so boast themselves are
+no bigger or stronger than the Greeks that I have
+seen, thyself, to wit, and others, then is this talk but
+empty words. Consider now the likelihood of the
+thing. How could a thousand, or ten thousand, or
+even fifty thousand, stand up against such an army,
+the more so if they be free and not under the rule of
+one man? For say that there be five thousand of
+them, yet shall we have more than a thousand to one.
+If, indeed, they were under the rule of one man after
+our fashion, then might they for fear of him be
+valiant even beyond their nature, and fight few
+against many, being driven thereto by the lash. But
+being free, and left to choose, they will do neither
+the one nor the other. I verily believe that Greeks
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>could scarce stand up in battle against Persians,
+the number being equal. But as to this, that one
+man can fight against many, we have indeed a few
+such in our army, but a few only, for some of my
+spearmen would not refuse to fight one man against
+three Greeks. But about this thou knowest nothing,
+and so talkest idly.”</p>
+
+<p>To this Demaratus made answer, “O King, I knew
+at the beginning that if I should speak the truth I
+should not please thee. But the truth thou wouldst
+have me speak; therefore I told thee the things that
+concerned the Spartans. And yet I love them not,
+as thou knowest very well, seeing that they took
+from me the place and dignity that came to me from
+my father, and drave me out into banishment, whereas
+thy father Darius received me and gave me sustenance
+and a home to dwell in; and it is not to be
+believed that a wise man would scorn such kindness,
+but rather that he would cherish it in his heart. For
+myself I engage not to fight with ten men, nor yet
+with two, nor indeed would I willingly fight with
+one; yet if there should be any necessity or great
+cause, I would gladly fight with any of the men who
+say they are a match for three Greeks. And as for
+the Spartans, when they fight singly they are as good
+as any men in the world; and when they fight together
+they are better than any. For though they be
+free, yet are they not wholly free. For they have a
+master over them, even Law, whom they fear more
+than thy people fear thee. Whatsoever this master
+commands, that they do. And he commands them
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span>that they turn not their backs in battle, how many
+soever be their enemies, but abide in their place, and
+conquer or die. If thou thinkest that these things
+that I say are naught, then will I hold my peace
+hereafter. Howbeit, I pray that all things may be as
+thou wouldst have them, O King.”</p>
+
+<p>This was the answer of Demaratus. And the King
+laughed, and sent him away in peace.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X">
+ CHAPTER X.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE MARCH OF XERXES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Xerxes made Mascames governor of the fort of
+Doricus. This man he esteemed very highly,
+sending him gifts every year; and Artaxerxes after
+him sent gifts to the children of Mascames. Nor,
+indeed, was any of the Persian governors held in
+greater honor, save Boges only. This Boges was besieged
+in Eion that is on the river Strymon by
+Cimou and the Athenians. And though he might
+have made an agreement with them and come out
+from Eion and returned safe to Asia, he would not,
+lest he should seem to the King to have failed in
+valor, but held out to the last. And when there was
+no food remaining in the fort, he caused a great pile
+of wood to be built, and slew his children and his
+wife and his concubines and his slaves, and cast them
+into the fire. After this he threw all the gold and
+silver that was in the fort into the river: and last of
+all he cast himself into the fire. With good cause,
+therefore, do the Persians honor him to this day.</p>
+
+<p>Then Xerxes went on his way from Doricus westward;
+and whomsoever he found he compelled to
+take service with him. The road by which he went
+the Thracians in after time held in great honor, and
+did not plow it or sow it.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span></p>
+
+<p>When the King came to Acanthus that is by Mount
+Athos, and saw what had been done with the trench,
+and knew that the people of Acanthus had been very
+zealous in the work, he sent them a Persian dress for
+a gift, and praised them much. While he tarried
+here Artachæes, a Persian, and of the royal house,
+who had been set over the digging of the trench, fell
+sick and died. He excelled in stature all the Persians,
+being but five fingers short of five cubits of
+the royal measure, and his voice surpassed that
+of other men. Wherefore the King was much
+troubled at his death, and buried him with great
+honor, and all the host made a mound over his grave.
+Afterward the people of Acanthus sacrificed to this
+man as to a hero, being bidden so to do by an oracle.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Greeks that fed the army and entertained
+Xerxes, they were brought to great poverty, so that
+many of them were driven to forsake their homes.
+For when the people of Thasos, having possessions
+on the mainland, were commanded so to entertain
+the army of Xerxes, a certain Antipater, one of the
+chiefest of the citizens, having the charge of the
+matter, showed that there were expended on the
+meal four hundred talents of silver. In other cities
+also they that had this charge made the same reckoning.
+And, indeed, this entertainment was ordered
+many days beforehand, and was a matter of no small
+preparation. The manner of it was this. So soon
+as they received the commandment from the heralds
+that were sent to give them warning, then the citizens
+set about grinding wheat and barley. This they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span>did for many months. Also they fatted beasts, finding
+the best that they could buy; and they reared
+birds, both land-birds and water-birds, in buildings
+and ponds for the entertaining of the army. Also
+they prepared cups and bowls of gold and silver and
+all other things for the furniture of the table. This
+indeed they did for the King and for them that sat
+at meat with him only; but for the rest of the army
+they made ready only such food as had been commanded.
+For Xerxes a tent was made ready wherein
+he might lodge; but the rest of the army lodged
+without shelter. So soon as the time of eating came
+they that entertained had great toil and trouble; and
+the soldiers ate their fill and staid that night in the
+same place. The next day they tare down the tent
+and took all the furniture, leaving nothing, but
+carrying all away with them. Well therefore did
+Megacreon of Abdera speak when he counseled the
+men of Abdera to go with their wives and children
+to the temples, and after putting up prayers for
+the time to come, thank the Gods that it was not the
+pleasure of King Xerxes to have two meals in the
+day, for that verily if he had desired not only dinner,
+but breakfast also, then must the people of Abdera
+have either fled from before the King or, waiting his
+coming, have been utterly ruined.</p>
+
+<p>At this town of Acanthus Xerxes commanded the
+fleet that it should sail through the trench by Mount
+Athos and should await his coming at Therma; but
+he himself led his army through the land of Pæonia.
+Here the camels that carried the victuals for the host
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span>were set upon by lions, which coming by night from
+their dens touched neither man nor beast, but the
+camels only; but what it was that drave them to this,
+considering that they had never before seen the
+beast, or made any trial of it, no man can say. There
+are many lions in this country, and wild oxen also
+with very long horns, which are brought into Greece.
+So Xerxes came to Therma; and being at Therma he
+saw the two mountains Olympus and Ossa, which are
+indeed marvelously high. And when he heard that
+there was between these mountains a narrow pass
+through which ran a river, and that this was the road
+into Thessaly, he conceived a desire to go on shipboard
+and see the place where the river flowed into
+the sea. Wherefore he embarked on a ship of Sidon,
+the same that he was wont to use when he would go
+on such a journey, and gave the signal for the others
+to set sail also. And when he came to the place, he
+marveled much at the outflow of the rivers, and calling
+to him the guide would fain know whether it
+were possible to bring the rivers into the sea by any
+other way.</p>
+
+<p>Men say that in old time Thessaly was a great lake,
+being shut in on every side by high mountains.
+And indeed toward the east Ossa and Pelion are
+joined together at the base, and on the north is
+Olympus, and on the west Pindus, and on the south
+Othrys. In this land there are many rivers which all
+make their way into the sea by one channel, even
+the Peneus. But they say that in old time this channel
+was not, but that afterward Poseidon made it;
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span>which may well be if Poseidon brings earthquakes to
+pass, and if chasms are his handiwork. For it is
+manifest that the hills have been torn asunder by an
+earthquake. When therefore Xerxes asked the guides
+whether the water could pass by any other outlet into
+the sea, the men, as knowing the nature of the place,
+made answer, “There is no other way, O King, by
+which this water can pass into the sea save this
+which thou now seest; for Thessaly is girded about
+with hills.”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Xerxes, “The men of Thessaly are wise.
+Good reason had they to change their minds in time
+and to make provision for their safety. For, not to
+speak of other things, they knew that they dwelt in
+a land which it was easy to subdue. For nothing
+was needed save to turn the river upon their lands,
+building up a mound in this channel, and so turning
+the stream from its course. So would all Thessaly be
+changed into a lake.”</p>
+
+<p>When the King said this he thought of the sons of
+Aleuas, who had made their submission to him first
+of all the Greeks, being Thessalians. And he thought
+that they had done this in the name of the whole
+people. After this the King went back to Therma.
+And here there came to him the heralds whom he
+had sent to the Greek cities demanding earth and
+water, some being empty-handed and some carrying
+that for which they had been sent. Many nations
+gave earth and water, as the Thessalians and the
+Locrians and the Bœotians; only the men of Platæa
+and Thespiæ, that are towns of the Bœotians, gave
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span>them not. Against all such the Greeks that stood
+up against the barbarians sware this oath: “From
+all people who being Greeks have given themselves
+up to the Persians, without necessity compelling, we
+will take a tithe of their goods, and offer it to the
+god at Delphi.”</p>
+
+<p>Now it must be remembered that Xerxes, though
+he said that he was marching against Athens, had it
+in his mind to subdue all Greece. And this the
+Greeks knew beforehand, though indeed they did not
+all regard the matter in the same way. For some
+had no fear of the barbarians, as having given them
+earth and water, and thinking therefore that they
+should receive from them no harm; but others, having
+not given these things, were in great fear. For
+whereas they thought that all the ships in Greece
+were not enough to meet the Persians, so also they
+knew that the greater part of the cities would take
+no part in the war, but greatly favored the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>And here must be said a thing which because it is
+true ought to be said, though most men will mislike
+it. If the Athenians, for fear of the danger that was
+coming upon them, had left their country, or, not
+leaving it, had submitted themselves to Xerxes, then
+certainly none would have sought to withstand the
+Persians by sea; and if none had withstood the Persians
+by sea, then there would have come to pass on
+the land what shall now be set forth. Though many
+breastworks had been built across the Isthmus, yet
+would the Lacedæmonians have been betrayed by
+their allies; not of their free will, indeed, but because
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span>their cities would have been taken, one after the
+other, by the fleet of the barbarians. So would they
+in the end have been left alone, and being so left
+alone, after many deeds of valor, would have perished
+with great glory. Or if not, then seeing beforehand
+that all the other Greeks were submitting themselves
+to the Persians, they also would have made an agreement
+with Xerxes. So, in either case, would Greece
+have been made subject to the barbarians. For what
+would have been the profit of walls built across the
+Isthmus while the King had the mastery by sea? If
+a man then should say that in truth the Athenians
+were the saviours of Greece, he would speak truly;
+for to whichever side they had inclined that would
+have been the weightier. And they, having a fixed
+purpose that Greece should be free, stirred up all the
+nations that had not submitted themselves to the Persians,
+and so, next to the Gods, drave back the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>And this they did though they were sorely terrified
+by the oracle. For when they sent messengers to
+inquire of the god at Delphi, and these had offered
+sacrifices after the custom, and were now come into
+the shrine, the priestess gave to them this answer.
+(The name of the priestess was Aristonice.)</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Why sit ye still? Fly, wretched race,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">To earth’s far bounds the fatal place.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Fly hearth and home and craggy hill,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Round which the wheel-like city stands;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Through all her being fares she ill,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Body, and head, and feet, and hands.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">The fire consumes them, and from far,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Wild Ares drives his Syrian car.</div>
+ </div>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span> <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">Full many a tower, both fair and tall,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Not thine alone, before him fall;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Full many a holy place and shrine</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">The fire’s devouring flames shall seize;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Cold stands the sweat on face divine,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">And shake with fear the trembling knees;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">From high-pitched roof the blood-drops fall,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Fell signs of storm and coming woe;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Leave, suppliant band, Apollo’s hall,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Prepare you for the fate ye know.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the messengers from Athens heard these
+words they were greatly troubled. But Timon the
+son of Androbulus, a chief man among the citizens
+of Delphi, seeing how utterly cast down they were
+by the evil that was prophesied concerning their
+country, counseled them that they should take tokens
+of suppliants in their hands, and in this guise go and
+inquire of the oracle once more. This then the
+Athenians did, and spake, saying, “O King, prophesy
+unto us some better thing about our country, having
+regard to these tokens of suppliants which we bring
+into thy presence. Else will we not depart from thy
+sanctuary, but will abide here till the day of our
+death.” Then the priestess prophesied to them a
+second time, using these words:</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Pallas desires with deep desire</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">To change the purpose of her sire.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Again entreats him, and again;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">But vain her prayers, her counsel vain.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Yet sons of Athens, hear once more</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">The firm, unyielding word of fate;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Whene’er the fair Cecropian state,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">From bound to bound and shore to shore.</div>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span> </div>
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">Before the foeman’s might shall bow,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">One boon will Zeus All-wise allow</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">To Pallas’ prayer—that ne’er shall fall</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Fair Athens’ stay, her wooden wall:</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Think not to wait that evil hour</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Horsemen or footmen’s dark array;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Fly, fly their host; yet comes the hour</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Ye stand to meet the foemen’s power.</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Thou, holy Salamis, shalt bring</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Dark death to sons of women born,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Or when abroad the seed they fling,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Or when they pluck the ripened corn.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>These words seemed to be, as indeed they were,
+milder than the former words. So the envoys wrote
+them down, and returned with them to Athens.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI">
+ CHAPTER XI.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE PREPARATIONS OF THE GREEKS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>When the messengers told the words that they
+had heard and written down to the people,
+there were many and various opinions among those
+who sought to interpret the oracle. Some of the
+older men said that it seemed to them that the god
+bade them fortify the citadel, for that in old time the
+citadel of Athens had been surrounded with a fence.
+And this fence they supposed to be the “wooden
+wall.” And there were others that said the “wooden
+wall” signified their ships; but these were confounded
+by the last words of the oracle:</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Thou, holy Salamis, shalt bring</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Dark death to sons of women born,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Or when abroad the seed they fling,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Or when they pluck the ripened corn.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>These words troubled them much, for the readers
+of oracles declared that it was signified by them that
+they should fight in ships and be worsted at Salamis.</p>
+
+<p>Now there was at Athens a certain man that was
+but newly risen into the front rank of the citizens.
+This was Themistocles the son of Neocles. He then
+coming forward affirmed that the oracle-readers did
+not read the words aright, for that, if they had been
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span>really spoken concerning the Athenians, the god
+would have said, “Sad Salamis,” rather than “Holy
+Salamis,” it being decreed that the dwellers in the
+land should die there. It was manifest, therefore, he
+said, to one that interpreted the words aright that
+they were spoken concerning the barbarians, and not
+concerning the Athenians. Wherefore he advised his
+fellow-citizens that they should make ready to fight
+in ships, for that these were their “wooden wall.”
+When Themistocles had set forth these opinions, the
+Athenians judged them to be better than the opinions
+of the oracle-readers. For these would have hindered
+them from fighting in ships, yea, from so much as
+lifting up their hands against the enemy; and would
+have had them leave their country, and find some
+other wherein to dwell.</p>
+
+<p>Before this, another counsel of this same Themistocles
+had been given excellently in season. It so
+chanced that the Athenians had much money in
+their public treasury, having received it from their
+mines at Laurium. This they were about to divide
+among the citizens, man by man, so that each should
+have ten drachmæ; but Themistocles persuaded the
+Athenians that this division should not be made, but
+that they should use the money for the building of
+two hundred ships for the war that they had on hand,
+that is to say, the war against Ægina. This war indeed
+it was that was the saving of Greece, for it compelled
+the Athenians to become seafaring men. As
+for the two hundred ships, they were not used for the
+end for the which they were made; but they were a
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>help to Greece when she most needed them. So
+many ships had the Athenians ready before the war;
+and they began to build others. And now, after hearing
+the oracle and consulting thereupon, they judged
+it well to put their whole force on shipboard, even as
+the god commanded them; and so, together with
+such of the Greeks as were of the same mind, to give
+battle to the barbarians.</p>
+
+<p>So soon as the Greeks that followed the good
+cause, even the cause of Greece, were assembled together,
+they took counsel and pledged their faith one
+to the other. This being done, they agreed in this,
+that, first of all, all feuds that there were of nation
+against nation should be appeased. Many such there
+were; but the greatest of all was that between the
+men of Athens and the men of Ægina. Afterward,
+when they knew that King Xerxes had come down to
+Sardis with his host, they thought it good to send
+spies to see how matters stood with the King in
+Asia; also they sent embassadors, some to Argos, to
+make an alliance against the Persians; and others to
+Sicily, to Gelon, lord of Syracuse; and to Corcyra, to
+ask for help; and others again to Crete. For they
+desired to bind together into one all that bare the
+Greek name, so that they might strive with one heart
+against him that was the enemy of all. Now the
+power of Syracuse was said to be greater than the
+power of any other city among the Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>When they had thus taken counsel together, and
+had caused all such as were at enmity to be reconciled,
+they sent three men into Asia to be spies.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>These came to Sardis and learned what was to be
+known about the King’s army. But being discovered,
+they were questioned by the generals and condemned
+to die. But when Xerxes heard this he blamed the
+purpose of the generals, and sent some of his own
+spearmen, commanding that if they found the spies
+yet alive they should bring them into his presence.
+So the spearmen went, and finding them yet alive
+brought them into the presence of the King. And
+when the King saw them, he inquired of them wherefore
+they had come; and afterward commanded the
+spearmen that they should show them the whole
+army, both horse and foot, and all the power of the
+King, and that when the men had had their fill of
+this sight, they should send them away unhurt
+whithersoever they would. And the cause, he said,
+why he gave this commandment about the spies
+was this. If these spies be put to death, the Greeks
+will not know that my power is greater by far than all
+that they have heard, nor shall we harm them much
+slaying three of their men. But if these spies return
+to Greece, then will the Greeks hear the truth about
+this my host, and of their own free will they will
+give themselves to us and surrender their freedom,
+and we shall be spared the trouble of this great business.
+At another time, also, Xerxes spake much in
+the same fashion. When he was in Abydos he saw
+three corn ships coming from the Black Sea and sailing
+down the Hellespont, carrying wheat to Ægina
+and the Peloponnesus. And they that sat by him
+when they knew that the ships belonged to the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span>enemy had thought of taking them, and looked to
+the King that he should give the word. Then said
+Xerxes, “Whither do these ships sail?” And the
+men answered, “To thy enemies, O King, carrying
+corn to them.” Then the King said, “And are we
+not sailing to the same place, taking with us corn as
+well as many other things? What wrong therefore
+do these men carrying food for us?” So it came to
+pass that the spies returned safe to Greece.</p>
+
+<p>After this the Greeks sent messengers to divers
+cities, asking help. First they sent them to Argos.
+Now the Argives had been warned by an oracle that
+they should sit quiet, being indeed greatly weakened
+by that which they had suffered at the hands of the
+Spartans, for these, under King Cleomenes, had slain
+six thousand citizens. Nevertheless they bade the
+messengers come into their council chamber and declare
+their message. And when they had heard it
+they answered, “We will help you if the Spartans
+will give us a truce for thirty years, and will also
+divide with us the command of the army. This
+indeed we should by rights have altogether, but we
+will divide it with Sparta.” The truce they asked
+that, their children having grown to man’s estate,
+they might be able to make head against Sparta, if
+need should be. The Spartans answered, “As for
+the truce, we will bring the matter before the people,
+but the leadership we can not divide as ye would
+have it. For we have two kings and ye only one.
+But your King shall have one vote.” This the
+Argives could not endure. Whereupon they said to
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span>the messengers, “Depart out of our borders before
+the sun be set, or we will deal with you as with
+enemies.”</p>
+
+<p>This is the story of the Argives, but the other
+Greeks affirm that Xerxes sent a messenger to them,
+saying, “We Persians are your kinsmen, for Perses,
+who is our father, was son to Perseus that was the
+son of Danae, that was the daughter of Acrisius your
+King. Wherefore neither should we fight against
+you, nor ye against us. Do ye, therefore, keep quiet,
+and there shall be none whom we will honor more
+than you.” With this message the Argives were
+greatly pleased; and they asked for a share in the
+leadership for a pretense only, as knowing that the
+Spartans would not yield it.</p>
+
+<p>Many years after it chanced that while certain ambassadors
+from Athens were at Susa, there came up
+also an embassy from Argos, who inquired of King
+Artaxerxes, that was son to Xerxes, “Does the
+friendship that Xerxes thy father made with us still
+remain, or dost thou count us as enemies?” To this
+Artaxerxes answered that the friendship remained,
+and that he held no city dearer to him than Argos.</p>
+
+<p>The truth of these matters can not certainly be
+known. Yet so much may be affirmed without
+doubt, that if all men were to bring their own misdeeds
+into one place, as wishing to exchange them
+for the misdeeds of their neighbors, when they came
+to look close into the misdeeds of their neighbors,
+they would be right glad to carry back their own.</p>
+
+<p>Other messengers, among whom was one Syagrus
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span>of Sparta, were sent to speak with Gelon, lord of
+Syracuse. These, when they were come into his
+presence, spake, saying, “The Spartans and the
+Athenians and their allies have sent us to tell thee
+that the Persians are marching into Europe, giving
+out indeed that they make war upon Athens only,
+but proposing to subdue the whole land of Greece.
+Do thou therefore—for thou has great power, being
+lord of Sicily—help us that we may keep our freedom.
+And be sure that if thou suffer us to perish
+these barbarians will fall next upon thee, and that if
+thou helpest us thou helpest thyself.” To this Gelon
+made answer, “Men of Greece, ye think only of
+yourselves when ye ask my help against the Persians.
+Did ye help me when I would have had you for my
+allies against the Carthaginians? Nevertheless I
+will not render evil for evil, but will help you, sending
+two hundred ships, and twenty thousand footmen,
+and two thousand horsemen, and archers and
+slingers and light horsemen, of each two thousand.
+Also I will promise meat for the whole host of the
+forces so long as the war shall continue. Only ye
+must make me commander.”</p>
+
+<p>Therefore Syagrus the Spartan burst forth, “Surely
+now Agamemnon son of Pelops would groan to hear
+that Gelon and the men of Syracuse had taken the
+leadership from Sparta. If thou wilt help the
+Greeks, O King, know that thou must follow the
+leading of the Spartans.”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Gelon, “For all thy evil words, man of
+Sparta, thou shalt not persuade me to answer thee
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span>evil. Yet if ye put such store by this command, how
+much more should I, that can bring with me so great
+an army! Howbeit I will yield to you so much as
+this. If ye will take the rule of the army, then will
+I command the ships; or, if ye choose the ships,
+yield the army to me. But if this please you not,
+then ye must depart without my alliance.”</p>
+
+<p>Then said the ambassador from Athens, making
+haste before the Spartan can speak, “The Greeks
+have sent me, O King, to ask not for a leader, but
+for an army; but thou sayest little of an army, but
+art over-eager for the leadership. As to the army, we
+were willing that the Spartan should answer; but as
+to the fleet, hear this. If the Spartans will have the
+command, we yield it to them; but if not, then it
+comes to us, and we give it to no man. For why
+should we yield, who are the most ancient nation of
+all the Greeks, and of whom came the most skillful
+to order an army of all the chieftains that fought
+against Troy?”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Gelon, “Man of Athens, ye seem to
+have commanders more than enough, but of them
+that should be commanded a few only. Go ye back
+then to Greece with all haste, and say that she has
+lost the spring out of the year.” For he likened
+himself and his power to the spring, which is the
+best season of the year.</p>
+
+<p>When the Greeks had departed, Gelon sent three
+small ships, and with them one Cadmus, who should
+watch the issue of the war. And the man had with
+him many gifts and earth and water. These Gelon
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</span>commanded him to give to King Xerxes if he should
+get the upper hand, and if not, to bring back again.
+This Cadmus had received the lordship of Cos from
+his father, yet for love of right and justice gave it up
+to the people. And in this manner also he showed
+himself to be a righteous man; for when the Greeks
+had prevailed, and Xerxes had departed, he kept not
+the gifts, as he might have done, but carried them
+back to Gelon.</p>
+
+<p>Nevertheless some say that, notwithstanding the
+matter of the leadership, Gelon would have helped
+the Greeks, but that there came to Sicily about this
+time a great army of Phœnicians and Libyans and
+Sardinians under Hamilcar, King of Carthage. They
+say also that he conquered this army on the very
+same day on which the Greeks conquered the Persians
+at Salamis.</p>
+
+<p>Envoys went also to the Corcyreans, who spake
+them fair, saying that they would send sixty ships.
+But these ships were long delayed; and after they
+had set forth they lingered about the coast of the
+Peloponnese, waiting for the end, even as did Gelon.
+But when the Greeks reproached them, the Corcyreans
+answered that the Etesian winds had not suffered
+them to round Cape Malea.</p>
+
+<p>The Cretans inquired of the god of Delphi whether
+they should help the Greeks; and the god answered
+them, “Do ye not remember, ye fools, how that Minos
+was wroth with your nation because ye went to help
+the Greeks against Troy, because forsooth a barbarian
+had carried off a woman from Sparta, yet cared not
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span>to avenge him when he perished at Camicus?”
+Wherefore the men of Crete sat still.</p>
+
+<p>While these things were being done the men of
+Thessaly sent to the Greeks, saying, “Come ye and
+guard the pass of Olympus, so shall ye preserve both
+our country and the rest of Greece also. But if ye
+will not, then must we yield to the Persians, lest we
+be left alone and so perish on your behalf.”</p>
+
+<p>Then the Greeks sent an army, even ten thousand
+men at arms, to the Pass of Olympus. But when
+they had been there a few days only there came messengers
+from Alexander, King of Macedon, saying,
+“Depart from this place lest ye be trampled underfoot
+by your enemies.” And he told them of the
+number of the army and of the ships. So the Greeks
+departed and returned to the Isthmus; and having
+taken counsel again, they determined to send an
+army to Thermopylæ, which is the Pass from Thessaly
+into Greece. And the fleet they sent to Artemisium,
+which is in the island of Eubœa. As for the
+Pass it is but fifty feet wide, and westward there is a
+high mountain which no man can climb, but to the
+eastward is the sea and the marshes of the river
+Peneus. And across this Pass there had been built a
+wall in old time. The Phocians built it for fear of
+the men of Thessaly. And now the Greeks repaired
+the breaches, for it was broken down.</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile the men of Delphi inquired of
+the god what they should do, being in great fear of
+the barbarians. And the god said to them that they
+should pray to the winds. To the Athenians also
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span>there came an oracle that they should seek help from
+their son-in-law. Now their son-in-law was Boreas,
+the northwind; for Boreas, being a prince of Thrace,
+took to wife, as say the Greeks, Orithyia, the daughter
+of Erechtheus, that was King of Athens.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII">
+ CHAPTER XII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE ARMY AND THE SHIPS OF XERXES, AND
+ OF THE FIRST FIGHTING WITH THE GREEKS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>King Xerxes brought with him from Asia
+twelve hundred and seven great ships; and in
+each ship there were two hundred rowers and thirty
+fighting men. Also he had of smaller ships, having
+fifty oars or under, three thousand, and in each of
+these, taking one with another, there were eighty
+men. Therefore the whole number of the men that
+served on the ships was five hundred and seventeen
+thousand and six hundred. Of foot soldiers there
+were seventeen hundred thousand, and of horsemen
+eighty thousand, and of Arabs riding on camels and
+of Libyans that fought from chariots twenty thousand.
+There were also one hundred and twenty ships of
+Greeks that dwelt in Thrace and in the islands
+thereof, and in these twenty and four thousand men.
+To these must be added foot soldiers of the Thracians,
+the Pæonians, the Macedonians, and others. And
+the sum of the whole was two million six hundred
+and forty-one thousand six hundred and ten. And
+of all this great host there was none fitter to be the
+ruler for beauty and great stature than King Xerxes
+himself. Of those that followed the camp, and of
+the crews of the provision ships and other vessels of
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span>transport, the number was more rather than less the
+number of the fighting men. As for the women that
+ground the corn, and others that came with the army,
+and the horses, and the beasts of burden, and the
+dogs, their number can not be told.</p>
+
+<p>The fleet, departing from Therma, came to the
+country of Magnesia and there cast anchor. But ten
+of the swiftest ships sailed down the gulf of Therma
+straight to the island of Sciathos, which lies to the
+northward of Eubœa. Here were three ships of the
+Greeks, whereof one was from Athens, and one from
+Ægina, and one from Trœzen; these were looking
+out for the coming of the barbarians. And when
+they spied the ships of the barbarians they fled with
+all speed, and the barbarians pursued them, and overtook
+the ship of Trœzen. Then they took the most
+beautiful of the fighting men and sacrificed him at
+the prow of the ship, thinking that this was an
+omen of good to them, for the man was very beautiful,
+and was the first captive they had taken from the
+Greeks. Also his name was Leo, that is to say,
+Lion; and this was another cause for which they
+sacrificed him.</p>
+
+<p>The ship of Ægina gave the Persians no small
+trouble, a certain Pytheas, who was a fighting man
+thereon, bearing himself very bravely. For when
+the ship was taken he did not cease to contend with
+the enemies, until he fell, being covered with wounds
+from head to foot. But the Persian soldiers, finding
+that he was not dead, but still breathed, made much
+of him, seeking to keep him alive. His wounds they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span>dressed with myrrh and bound with bandages of cotton;
+and when they came back to their encampment
+they showed the man to the host, admiring him and
+dealing with him kindly. But with the rest of the
+crew they dealt as with slaves.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Athenian ship, it was run aground at the
+mouth of the river Peneus. The men leaped ashore
+and escaped through Thessaly, but the ship was taken
+by the barbarians. When the rest of the Greeks
+knew of the coming of the barbarians they were sore
+afraid, and departed from Artemisium, intending to
+defend the Euripus. Now the Euripus lies to the
+southward, where the strait between the island of
+Eubœa and the mainland is the narrowest.</p>
+
+<p>And now there befell the first disaster that came
+upon the Persians. When the fleet cast anchor on
+the coast of Magnesia, the first row of ships was anchored
+to the shore, and the next row was without
+these, and the whole number of the rows was eight, one
+after the other, for the beach was very small. The
+night indeed was calm; but at dawn there fell upon
+them a strong wind from the east, which the dwellers
+in these parts call the wind of the Hellespont. Such
+as knew the storm coming, and were able to drag
+their ships on to the shore, saved themselves, but of
+the others many were broken to pieces. Thus it was,
+say the Athenians, that Boreas, their son-in-law,
+helped them; and when they returned to their country
+they built a temple to him on the banks of the
+river Ilissus. Of the Persian ships there were broken,
+at the least, four hundred. There were drowned also
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span>men without number, and much treasure was lost.
+Of this treasure, indeed, one Ameinocles, a Magnesian,
+made much gain, gathering gold and silver cups
+which were washed up by the sea, and treasure boxes
+of the Persians, and articles of gold without number.
+Thus he became very rich, but had trouble withal,
+losing his children by violence.</p>
+
+<p>For three days the storm endured. But the Magians
+offering victims and using incantations and doing
+sacrifices to Thetis and the nymphs of the sea,
+laid it on the fourth day, or, may be, it ceased of its
+own accord. The cause wherefore they offered sacrifices
+to Thetis was that here Peleus carried her off to
+be his wife.</p>
+
+<p>When the Greeks heard from their watchers—for
+they had all watchers on the hills of Eubœa—of the
+storms and of the breaking of the Persian ships, they
+hastened back with all speed to Artemisium, thinking
+to find a few ships only to fight with. And ever
+after they were wont to speak of Poseidon as the Preserver.</p>
+
+<p>When the storm had ceased, the barbarians sailed
+to Aphetæ, that is a harbor on the mainland over
+against Artemisium. But fifteen ships having lagged
+behind, fell into the hands of the Greeks, for they
+took the Greek ships for their own, and sailed into
+the midst of them: a certain Sandoces was commander
+of the fifteen. This man had been governor
+of Cumæ in Æolia, and being one of the royal judges
+had been crucified by King Darius because he had
+taken a bribe. But while he hung upon the cross,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>the King found that the good deeds which he had
+done to the King’s house were more than his evil
+deeds, and commanded that he should be taken down.
+Thus he escaped with his life; but this second peril
+he did not escape.</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile Xerxes with the host passed
+through the land of Thessaly. Here he matched his
+horses with the horses of Thessaly, hearing that
+these were the swiftest in all Greece; and the horses
+of Thessaly were far outstripped. And having passed
+through Thessaly he came to Trachis.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII">
+ CHAPTER XIII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE BATTLE OF THERMOPYLÆ.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>King Xerxes pitched his camp in the region of
+Trachis, and the Greeks pitched their camp in
+the Pass. (This Pass is called Thermopylæ, that is
+to say, the Hot Gates, by the greater part of the
+Greeks, but the inhabitants of the country call it
+Pylæ, that is to say, the Gates.) Here then the two
+armies were set over against each other, the one being
+master of all the country from the Pass northward,
+and the other having that which lay to the
+southward. Now the Greeks that abode the coming
+of the Persians in this place were these—three hundred
+Spartans, heavy-armed men; and men of Tegea
+and Matinea a thousand, from each five hundred, and
+from Orchomenus one hundred and twenty, and from
+the rest of Arcadia a thousand. From Corinth there
+came four hundred, and from Phlius two hundred,
+and from Mycenæ eighty. So many came from the
+Peloponnesus; of the Bœotians there came seven
+hundred from Thespiæ and four hundred from
+Thebes. Besides these there had come at the summons
+the Locrians of Opus with all the men that
+they had, and a thousand Phocians. For these the
+other Greeks had summoned to their help, saying to
+them by messengers, “We all that are here are come
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>but as the vanguard of the host; as for the others we
+look for their coming day by day. The sea also is in
+safe keeping, being watched by the men of Athens
+and the men of Ægina, and such others as have been
+appointed to this work. Remember also that he who
+now comes against Greece is no god, but a man only;
+nor is there any mortal, nor ever will be, with whom
+from the very day of his birth misfortune is not always
+close at hand, and the greater the man the
+greater also the misfortune. Wherefore it may be
+believed that he who now comes against us, being
+but a mortal man, may fail of his purpose.”
+When the Phocians and Locrians heard these words,
+they came to the help of the Greeks at Trachis.
+All of these had commanders of their own, for every
+city one; but he that was most admired and had the
+chief command of the army was a Spartan, Leonidas
+by name, being the twenty-first in descent from Hercules,
+and having obtained the kingdom in Sparta
+contrary to expectation. For he had two brothers
+that were older than he, to wit, Cleomenes and
+Dorieus, and so had no thoughts of the kingdom.
+Nevertheless, when Cleomenes died without male offspring,
+and Dorieus also was dead, having perished
+in Sicily, the kingdom came to Leonidas, for he was
+older than Cleombrotus. (This Cleombrotus was the
+youngest of the sons of Anaxandrides.) This Leonidas
+had to wife Gorgo, the daughter of Cleomenes;
+and now he went to Thermopylæ, taking with him
+three hundred men according to the custom of the
+kings of Sparta. These three hundred he had chosen
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span>from such as had male children. On his way he took
+with him the four hundred men of Thebes, their
+commander being Leontiades. Now the cause why
+Leonidas made much account of taking these men
+rather than any other of the Greeks was this. It was
+commonly laid to the charge of the Thebans that
+they favored the cause of the Persians. For this
+cause he summoned them to the war, seeking to
+know whether they would send the men or would
+plainly refuse the alliance of the Greeks. And the
+Thebans, though they wished otherwise, nevertheless
+sent the men. The Spartans indeed sent on Leonidas
+and his company beforehand, purposing themselves
+to follow. For they thought that when the allies
+knew that these were already gone, they would also
+make ready; and they feared lest these should favor
+the Persians, if they themselves should be seen to
+linger. And they purposed, when they should have
+kept the feast—for it chanced to be the feast of the
+Carneia—to leave a garrison in Sparta, and to follow
+with their whole force. And the rest of the allies
+were minded to do the same thing; and it so befell
+that the festival of Olympia was being kept at this
+time. But when they sent these men before them,
+they had no thought that matters at Thermopylæ
+would be brought to an end so speedily.</p>
+
+<p>Now the Greeks that were at Thermopylæ, when
+they saw that the Persians were now near to the
+mouth of the Pass, were sore afraid, and took counsel
+together whether they should not depart. The Peloponnesians,
+for the most part, desired to return to the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span>Peloponnesus and guard the Isthmus; but Leonidas,
+seeing that the Phocians and Locrians were greatly
+vexed at this counsel, gave his sentence that they
+should remain, and should send messengers to the
+cities of the Greeks, bidding them send all the help
+that they could, for that they were over few to stand
+up against so great a host.</p>
+
+<p>While the Greeks were holding a council on this
+matter, Xerxes sent a scout, a horseman, to see how
+many in number they were, and what they were
+doing. Now the man heard, while he was yet in
+Thessaly, that a small company of men were gathered
+together in this place, the chief of them being Spartans,
+and the leader King Leonidas, of the house and
+lineage of Hercules. And when he rode up to the
+place where the army was encamped, he saw a part
+of the men. The whole army he saw not, for they
+had built again the wall that was across the Pass, and
+were guarding it; and they that were within the wall
+he saw not; but they that were without the wall,
+having their arms piled besides them, he saw. Now
+it so chanced that they who had their place at the
+time without the wall were the Spartans. These the
+horseman saw busy with exercises and combing their
+hair. All this he much marveled to see, finding also
+how few they were in number. And when he had
+learned every thing for certain, he rode back again
+in peace; for no one pursued after him, or indeed
+paid him any heed whatsoever. And when he was
+come back he told Xerxes all the things that he had
+seen. But when Xerxes heard these things he could
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span>by no means understand that which was indeed the
+truth; how these men were making ready to slay as
+many as might be of their enemy, and so perish.
+Thinking therefore that the whole thing was but
+foolishness, he sent for Demaratus, for the man was
+yet with the army. And when Demaratus stood
+before him he asked him about these things, desiring
+to know what they signified. And Demaratus said,
+“Thou hast heard from me, O King, the truth concerning
+these men before this, even when we were
+first beginning this war; but when thou heardest it
+thou didst but laugh at me, though I told thee that
+which I knew would surely come to pass. For indeed,
+O King, I strive always with my whole heart to tell
+thee the truth. Hear, therefore, yet again what I
+say. These men are come hither to contend with us
+for the Pass; and this they now prepare to do; and
+they have this custom among them, that when they
+are about to put their lives in peril they adorn their
+heads with exceeding care. Know, also, O King,
+that if thou canst subdue these men, and such others
+of their nation as have been left behind in Sparta,
+there is no nation upon the earth that will abide thy
+coming or lift up a hand against thee; for this city
+that thou now fightest against is the most honorable
+in all Greece, and these men are the bravest.”</p>
+
+<p>But these things seemed to Xerxes to be wholly
+beyond belief; and he asked again the second time,
+“In what manner will these men, being so few, as
+we know them to be, fight with my great army?”</p>
+
+<p>But Demaratus answered this only, “O King, deal
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span>with me as with a liar if every thing fall not out even
+as I have said.” Notwithstanding, he could not persuade
+the King that it was so in truth.</p>
+
+<p>Four days, therefore, did the King suffer to pass,
+hoping always that the Greeks would flee away from
+their place. But on the fifth day, seeing that they were
+not departed, but were full, as it seemed to him, of impudence
+and folly, he grew angry, and sent against them
+the Medes and the Cissians, giving them a command
+that they should take these Greeks alive and bring
+them before him. But when these men came up and
+fell upon the Greeks, many of them were slain.
+Then others came up into their places and ceased not
+from fighting, though indeed they suffered a very
+grievous slaughter, so that it was manifest to all
+men, and more especially to the King, that though
+he had very many that bore arms, yet had he but few
+men of war. And this battle endured throughout
+the whole day.</p>
+
+<p>The Medes, having been thus roughly handled,
+fell back and the Persians took up the fighting in
+their place, even the Ten Thousand that had the
+name of the Immortals, whom Hydarnes commanded.
+These men thought to finish the matter very speedily.
+Nevertheless, when they came to deal with the
+Greeks, they accomplished nothing more than had
+the Medes, but fared just as ill, for indeed they
+fought in a narrow place, and their spears were
+shorter than the spears of the Greeks, and their numbers
+availed them not at all. As for the Spartans,
+they fought in a notable way, showing themselves
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>more skillful by far in battle than were their enemies.
+Then they would sometimes turn their backs, and
+make as though they were all fled; and when the
+barbarians saw them flee they would pursue after
+them with much shouting and uproar. Then the
+Spartans would turn again and stand face to face with
+the barbarians; and when they turned they would
+slay such multitudes as could not be counted. Here
+also there fell certain of the Spartans, but a few only.
+In the end, when the Persians after many trials could
+not by any means gain the Pass, neither by attacking
+in division nor by any other means, they went back
+to their camp. And twice, while these battles were
+being fought, did Xerxes leap from his seat in great
+fear for his army.</p>
+
+<p>The next day also the barbarians fought, but fared
+no better than before; for they hoped that the
+Greeks, being few in number, had been overcome
+with their wounds, and would not be able any more
+to stand up against them. But these had been
+ordered in companies, according to their nations, and
+so fought, the one coming in the place of another.
+Only the Phocians did not fight, being set over the
+mountain that they might guard the path. Wherefore
+the Persians, finding that they prevailed not one
+whit more than before, turned back to the camp.</p>
+
+<p>The King, therefore, was greatly perplexed what
+he should do. But while he considered there came
+to him a certain Ephialtes, a man of Malea, and
+desired to talk with him. This man, hoping to
+receive a great reward from the King, discovered to
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span>him the path that led over the mountain to Thermopylæ.
+Thus did he bring to destruction the
+Greeks that abode in the Pass. In after time, for
+fear of the Spartans, this man fled into Thessaly.
+And when he fled the wardens of the Pass put a price
+upon his life. This they did when the Amphictyons
+met at Pylæ. And as time went on Ephialtes came
+back from banishment and went to Anticyra. There
+a certain Athenades slew him, not for this treachery,
+but for some other cause. But the Spartans honored
+Athenades not the less on this account. This was
+the end of Ephialtes. As for the other story, that
+there were two others, to wit, Phanagoras and Corydallus,
+that led the Persians by this path, it is not to
+be believed. For the wardens of the Pass set a price
+not on these two, but on Ephialtes, having without
+doubt a perfect knowledge of the whole matter. Also
+it is well known that Ephialtes went into banishment
+for this cause. Let him therefore be named as
+having done this great wickedness.</p>
+
+<p>The King was greatly pleased at the thing which
+this man undertook, that is to say, the showing of
+the path; and he sent Hydarnes and the Ten Thousand
+that were called the Immortals. These setting
+out from the camp about the time of the lighting of
+the lamps, crossed over the river Asopus, and
+marched all night, having Œta on their right and
+Trachis on their left. And when it was morning
+they were found close to the top of the mountain.
+At the first, indeed, the Phocians that had been set to
+guard the path knew not of their coming, for the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span>whole of the mountain was covered with a wood of
+oak trees. But when they came near, the morning
+being calm, there was heard a loud rustling, as indeed
+could not but be, the Persians treading the leaves
+under their feet. Then the Phocians leaped up and
+took their arms, and forthwith the barbarians appeared;
+and the Phocians, when they saw the armed
+men, were greatly astonished; for when they had
+not thought to deal with any enemy whatsoever, lo!
+there was an army at hand. Hydarnes indeed was
+much troubled, fearing that the men that he saw
+were Spartans. And he inquired of Ephialtes who
+they might be; and when he knew the certainty of
+the matter he commanded the Persians to make them
+ready for battle. Then the Phocians, finding that
+the arrows fell very thickly upon them, and thinking
+that the Persians were set upon their destruction,
+fled to the top of the mountain, and prepared to
+meet their death. But Hydarnes and Ephialtes took
+no heed of them, and went down the side of the
+mountain with all the speed they could.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Greeks that were in the Pass, they knew
+of the doom that should come upon them so soon as
+the day appeared, first of all from the soothsayer
+Megistias (for Megistias learned it from the sacrifices).
+Afterward came in certain deserters with tidings that
+the Persians had made a compass by the path across
+the mountains; lastly, when the day was breaking,
+came the scouts running down from the hills. Then
+the Greeks held a council, considering what they
+should do; and they were divided; for some would
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span>not leave the post where they had been set, and
+others were very eager to depart. And when the
+council was broken up, some departed going each to
+their own cities, and others made ready to abide in
+the Pass with Leonidas. Some say, indeed, that
+Leonidas sent away them that departed, having a
+care for their safety; but it did not become him and
+the Spartans that were with him, he said, to leave
+their post that they had come to keep at the first.
+And indeed it seems fit to be believed that Leonidas,
+seeing that the others were faint-hearted and would
+not willingly abide the peril, bade them go, but that
+he himself held it to be a shameful thing to depart.
+For he knew that he should get for himself great
+glory by abiding at his post, and that the prosperity
+of Sparta should not be destroyed. For when the
+Spartans at the very beginning of the war sent to
+inquire of the Pythia, seeking to know what should
+befall them, there was given to them an oracle, that
+one of two things must come to pass, to wit, that
+Sparta must perish, or that one of their kings must
+fall in battle.</p>
+
+<p>And that oracle was this—</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Dwellers in Sparta’s proud domains,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Hear what the will of fate ordains:</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Or falls your noble city low</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Beneath the feet of Persian foe;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Or all your borders shall bewail</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">A Zeus-descended monarch slain;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Nor bull nor lion shall avail</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">The foe’s fierce onset to restrain;</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Lo! onward moves his dark array,</div>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span> <div class="verse indent0">Mighty as Zeus, and will not stay</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Till King or city be his prey.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>Remembering therefore this oracle, and desiring
+to get for the Spartans all the glory of this matter
+Leonidas sent away the others. This is rather to be
+believed than that they had a controversy in the
+council, and so departed in an unseemly fashion and
+without order.</p>
+
+<p>And that this was so is manifest both from other
+things and also from what befell Megistias the soothsayer.
+This Megistias was an Acarnanian and of the
+house, it was reported, of Melampus; and Leonidas
+would have sent him away together with the others,
+lest he should perish with them. Megistias indeed
+would not depart, but he sent away his son who
+chanced to be with the army; for indeed he had no
+other son but him only.</p>
+
+<p>The others thereupon hearkened to the words of
+Leonidas and departed; but the Thespians and the
+Thebans only abode with the Spartans. This the
+Thebans indeed did against their will, for Leonidas
+kept these to be as hostages; but the Thespians remained
+of their own free will, affirming that they
+would not leave Leonidas and his companions.
+Wherefore they abode in the Pass and perished together
+with the Spartans. Their leader was Demophilus.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIV">
+ CHAPTER XIV.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="allsmcap">OF THE BATTLE OF THERMOPYLÆ.</span>—(<i>Continued.</i>)
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>So soon as the sun was risen Xerxes made libations;
+and about the time when the market begins
+to fill he commanded that the army should advance.
+This he had been bidden to do by Ephialtes,
+because the way for them that descended the mountain
+was shorter by far than the way for them that
+ascended. Now when the Persians were seen to approach,
+Leonidas and his companions, as knowing
+that their end was near, went further than they had
+gone on the days before into that part which is
+broader. For before they had been wont to guard
+the wall, and advancing therefrom to fight in the
+narrows of the Pass. But now they joined battle
+with the barbarians in the open space, slaying great
+multitudes of them. As for these indeed the captains
+of their companies standing behind them and
+having great whips, drave them forward. And many
+were thrust into the sea by the press and so perished;
+and many were trodden down by their companions.
+Nor did any one take any count of them that perished.
+And the Greeks, knowing that death was at
+hand, now that the barbarians had come round over
+the mountains, recked not of their lives, but fought
+with rage that was beyond all measure. By this time
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>the spears of the greater part were already broken,
+so that they smote down the Persians with their
+swords. While they thus fought King Leonidas was
+slain, having done many deeds of valor; and there
+fell many other Spartans with him, men of renown.
+Many famous Persians also were slain at this time,
+and among them were two sons of Darius. And
+there was an exceeding fierce fight between the Spartans
+and Persians concerning the body of Leonidas;
+but in the end the Spartans prevailed, so great was
+their valor, and carried it away, and they drave back
+the Persians four times. But when the Greeks perceived
+that the Persians that followed Ephialtes were
+at hand, they returned to the narrows of the Pass, beyond
+the wall, and gathered themselves together in
+the company on the mound that is at the entering in
+of the Pass, where in aftertime there was set a lion of
+stone over the grave of King Leonidas. Here such
+as had swords yet remaining to them unbroken, defended
+themselves with them; and the rest fought
+with their hands and teeth, till at the last the barbarians,
+some pulling down the walls and assailing
+them in front and others surrounding them on every
+side, overwhelmed them with stones and arrows and
+the like.</p>
+
+<p>All the Spartans and Thespians showed themselves
+right valiant; but the bravest of all was Dieneces a
+Spartan. It was this Dieneces that spake a very
+noteworthy saying before the Spartans joined battle
+with the Persians. And the saying was this. A man
+of Trachis affirmed that when the Persians shot off
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span>their arrows the sun was darkened by the number of
+them. But Dieneces was not one whit astonished at
+the matter, but, taking no heed at all of the multitude
+of the Persians, made answer, saying, “This is
+good news that the stranger from Trachis brings us,
+for if the Persians so hide the sun then shall we fight
+in the shade.” Many such like sayings did this
+Dieneces speak. Next after this Dieneces were two
+brothers, Alpheus and Maron; and of the Thespians
+the bravest was one Dithyrambus.</p>
+
+<p>All these were buried even where they were slain.
+On them that died before that Leonidas had sent
+away a part of his army, there was written this epitaph—</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Four times a thousand men from Pelops’ land</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Three thousand times a thousand did withstand.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>But over the Spartans by themselves there was written—</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Go, tell the Spartans, thou that passest by,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">That here, obedient to their laws, we lie.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>And over the soothsayer was this—</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“Here lies the great Megistias, whom of yore</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">The Persian host, from swift Asopus shore</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Ascending, slew. The seer his doom could read,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Yet left not Sparta’s chieftains in their need.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The other columns indeed and that which was written
+upon them did the Amphictyons set up; but the
+column of Megistias the seer and the inscription
+thereon Simonides set up for friendship’s sake.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span></p>
+
+<p>Of the three hundred two, Eurytus and Aristodemus,
+were absent from their companions on the day
+of the battle. Now these two might, if they had
+been willing to agree, either have returned both of
+them to Sparta, for Leonidas had sent them away
+from the army and they lay at Alpeni, grievously
+afflicted with sickness of the eyes, or if they were
+not willing so to return, have died along with the
+others. As for Eurytus, when he knew that the Persians
+had come round by the path, he called for his
+arms and put them on him, and bade his helot lead
+him into the battle. So the helot led him to the
+battle, and then turned and fled, and Eurytus thrust
+himself into the press of the battle, and so perished.
+But as for Aristodemus his courage failed him, and
+he tarried at Alpeni. Now if Aristodemus only had
+been sick and so returned alive to Sparta, or if they
+two had so returned together, it may well be believed
+that the Spartans would have had no indignation
+against them; but seeing that, both being in the
+same case, one perished, but the other was not willing
+to die, it could not but be that they should have great
+indignation against him that still lived.</p>
+
+<p>Such is the story that some tell about Aristodemus;
+but others say that having been sent as a messenger
+from the army, when he might have returned before
+the battle, he lingered on the way of set purpose, but
+that his fellow messenger returned and was slain.
+This Aristodemus, going back to Sparta, was held in
+great shame and dishonor. For no Spartan would
+give him fire, nor would any talk with him, but they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span>called him “Aristodemus the Coward.” Notwithstanding
+at the battle of Platæa he did away with all
+his disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Thebans that were with Leonidas, for a
+while they fought together with the other Greeks
+against the Persians, doing this by compulsion. But
+when the barbarians prevailed, and the Greeks gathered
+themselves together at the mound, then the
+Thebans separated themselves from them, and stretching
+forth their hands came near to the barbarians,
+and cried, speaking indeed the veriest truth, that
+they had yielded themselves to the Persians, and had
+given earth and water to the King, none sooner, and
+that they had come to Thermopylæ under compulsion,
+and were without guilt for the loss that had befallen
+the King’s army. Thus they were saved alive,
+and indeed they had the Thessalians to witness for
+them that they spake the truth. Nevertheless they
+were not altogether fortunate, for some of them were
+slain by the barbarians as they approached, and the
+others were branded with the King’s mark, for such
+was the command of Xerxes. The first that suffered
+this was their general Leontiades. The son of this
+Leontiades, Eurymachus, was afterward slain by the
+men of Platæa when he came with four hundred
+other Thebans seeking to take their city.</p>
+
+<p>These things being finished, the King sent for Demaratus
+and spake to him, saying, “Demaratus, thou
+art a good man, as I know by thy speaking of the
+truth, for indeed all things have turned out according
+to thy saying. Tell me now how many in number are
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span>the Spartans that yet remain? and how many of them
+are such as they that have now fought against us?”</p>
+
+<p>Then said Demaratus, “O King, there are many
+Lacedæmonians; but in this country of Lacedæmon
+there is a certain city, Sparta, wherein are, as near as
+may be, eight thousand men as brave as them that
+fought in the Pass. The other Lacedæmonians are not
+a match for these; nevertheless they are brave men.”</p>
+
+<p>Xerxes said, “Tell me now, Demaratus, how shall
+we best get the mastery over these men? Speak, for
+that wast a King among them and must need know
+all their counsels.”</p>
+
+<p>Demaratus made answer, “Since thou seekest
+counsel of me so earnestly, O King, I will tell thee,
+as is right, the best thing thou canst do. Send three
+hundred of thy ships against the land of the Lacedæmonians.
+Now there lieth over against this land
+a certain island, Cythera, concerning which island
+one Chilon, a very wise man that once dwelt among
+us, was wont to say that it would be far better for the
+Spartans that it should be sunk under the sea
+than that it should be above the sea. This he said
+because he feared always lest some such thing should
+be done as I am now about to tell thee. And he said
+it knowing nothing of thy coming against Greece,
+but fearing all coming of strangers to this place.
+Send men therefore to this island, and let them
+harass the Spartans from thence. And it shall be
+that if they have a war of their own close at home
+they will not be a trouble to thee, so as to help the
+other Greeks when thy army seeks to subdue them.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span>And when thou hast subdued the rest of Greece, the
+Spartans, being left alone, will be feeble. But if
+thou wilt not follow this counsel then know that
+there shall come to pass that which I now tell thee.
+When thou comest to the Peloponnesus thou wilt
+find a narrow neck of land: and at this neck all the
+men of the Peloponnesus that are leagued together
+against thee will be gathered together, and there wilt
+thou have to fight battles fiercer by far than that
+which thou hast now seen.”</p>
+
+<p>Now it is so chanced that Achæmenes, who was
+brother to King Xerxes, and had command of the
+fleet, was present when Demaratus thus spake. Fearing
+then that the King might follow this counsel, he
+brake in, “I see, O King, that thou listenest to the
+counsels of a man that envies thy good fortune, and
+seeks to betray thee. This indeed is ever the manner
+of the Greeks; they envy good fortune, and hate
+that which is stronger than themselves. If now,
+when we have lost four hundred ships by shipwreck,
+three hundred more shall be sent away from the fleet
+to sail round the Peloponnesus, then will our enemies
+be a match for us. But if we keep our whole fleet
+together, then will it be such as they will not
+dare to encounter. Consider also that if that which
+we have on the land and that which we have on
+the sea advance together, the one will be able to
+help the other. But if thou part them asunder, the
+fleet will not be able to help thee, nor thou to help
+the fleet. Only order thine own affairs well, and
+take no thought about thine enemies, whether they
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span>will join battle with thee, or what they will do, or
+how many they be in number. Surely they without
+us can manage their own affairs and we ours without
+them. As to the Spartans, if they come out to fight
+against us, they will in no wise heal this great wound
+that they have now received at our hands.”</p>
+
+<p>To this the King made answer, “This is well said,
+Achæmenes, and I will follow thy counsel. For
+though Demaratus saith what he deems the best for
+me, his judgment is worse than thine. But this I
+will not believe, that he has not good will for me
+and my fortunes. So much I know from the counsel
+that he has given me before, and also from his own
+affairs. For that a man may envy a fellow-citizen
+that is more fortunate than he, and may hate him
+secretly, and if he be asked for counsel will not
+speak the thing that is best, is to be believed, unless
+indeed he be of a very rare and excellent virtue. But
+a friend rejoices in the prosperity of a friend that is
+of another country, and gives him counsel according
+to the best of his power. Now this Demaratus is my
+friend, and I warn all men that hereafter they keep
+themselves from speaking evil of him.”</p>
+
+<p>When Xerxes had thus spoken, he went to see the
+bodies of them that had been slain. And when he
+came to the body of Leonidas, knowing him to have
+been the captain and King of the Spartans, he commanded
+that they should cut the head from it and
+put it on a cross, which may be taken for a proof
+that there was no man that Xerxes hated so much as
+he hated Leonidas while he was yet alive; for else he
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span>had not done this dishonor to his dead body. For
+the Persians are wont, for the most part, more than
+other men, to show honor to them that have shown
+themselves good men in war.</p>
+
+<p>It must yet be told how the Spartans first knew
+that the King had it in his mind to bring an army
+against Greece. This Demaratus, of whom mention
+has been made, was not friendly, it would appear, to
+them that had driven him forth. Wherefore it may
+be doubted whether he did this thing that shall now
+be told from goodwill or from insolence. So soon as
+Xerxes had fixed it in his mind to march against
+Greece, Demaratus, being then in the city of Susa,
+and hearing the matter, desired to send tidings of it
+to the Spartans. And the way which he devised of
+sending them was this, for there was great peril lest
+he should be discovered. This therefore was his contrivance.
+He took a tablet that had two leaves, and
+having cleared away from it the wax, he wrote upon
+the wood the purpose of the King. And having
+done this he melted the wax again over the writing
+knowing that the guards of the road would not
+trouble themselves about a tablet that was seen to be
+empty. But when the tablet was brought to Sparta
+no one could understand the matter, till Gorgo, that
+was daughter to Cleomenes and wife to Leonidas,
+discovered it to them, for she said, “Scrape the wax
+from off the tablet and you will of a surety find writing
+upon the wood.” Thus did the Spartans hear of
+the coming of the King, and forthwith sent tidings
+of it to the other Greeks.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XV">
+ CHAPTER XV.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE SHIPS OF THE GREEKS AT ARTEMISIUM.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The Greeks had in all two hundred and seventy
+and one ships of war having three banks of
+oars, and of smaller ships a few. Of these the
+Athenians furnished one hundred and twenty and
+seven, certain of these being manned by the men of
+Platæa, who, though they had no knowledge of the
+seaman’s art, yet of their valor and zeal took their
+part in the business. Also the Athenians supplied
+twenty ships to the men of Chalcis. The Spartans
+sent ten ships only; nevertheless, the commander of
+the fleet was a Spartan, Eurybiades by name, for the
+allies had said, “Unless a Spartan be commander we
+will break up the fleet, for an Athenian we will not
+serve.”</p>
+
+<p>Now there had been talk, even before the sending
+of the ambassadors to Sicily for help, how that it
+would be well to hand over to the Athenians the
+command of the fleet. But when the allies set themselves
+against the thing, then the Athenians gave
+place, for they desired above all things that Greece
+should be saved, and judged, and that right truly,
+that if there should be a strife concerning the pre-eminence,
+it would surely perish. And indeed a
+strife between kindred is as much worse than war,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span>wherein all have one mind, as war itself is worse
+than peace. The Athenians, knowing this, did not
+hold out for themselves, but gave place. Only afterward,
+when the occasion served, they showed their
+thoughts. For when the Greeks had driven back
+the Persians, so that they had now to fight for their
+own country, then finding occasion in the insolence
+of Pausanias, they took away the chief command
+from the Spartans. But this happened afterward.</p>
+
+<p>When the Greeks that assembled at Artemisium
+saw the ships of the barbarians how many in number
+they were, and how the whole country was filled
+with their armament, and saw that the Persians had
+prospered in their undertaking beyond what they
+had thought, they were in great fear, and took counsel
+together whether they should not depart from
+Artemisium and betake themselves to the inner parts
+of their country. Now when the men of Eubœa
+were aware that the Greeks had such a purpose in
+their minds, they came to Eurybiades, and besought
+him to remain a while, till they should have removed
+their children and their slaves to a place of safety.
+And when they could not persuade Eurybiades they
+departed from him and went to Themistocles, the
+commander of the Athenians, and persuaded him to
+do this thing, giving him thirty talents of silver.
+And the manner in which Themistocles caused the
+Greeks to tarry at Artemisium was this. First he
+sent to Eurybiades five talents of the thirty, making
+as though they came from himself. Thus was Eurybiades
+persuaded. Then to Adeimantus of Corinth—for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span>this man still opposed, affirming that he would sail
+away from Artemisium and would by no means tarry—he
+said with an oath, “Surely thou wilt not forsake
+us. I will give thee greater gifts if thou abide with us
+than the King would give thee for going over to him.”
+And when he had said this he sent three talents to
+the Corinthian’s ship. Thus these two were won
+over by gifts, and the men of Eubœa had what they
+desired. As for Themistocles, he made no small gain
+in this matter, for he kept that which was left for
+himself, none knowing of it. They that had a share
+in the money believed that it had been sent from
+Athens for this very end. Thus did it come to pass
+that the Greeks fought with the barbarians at Artemisium.</p>
+
+<p>As for the battle, it was in this wise. When the
+barbarians saw that the ships of the Greeks were
+few in number they were desirous to fight without
+delay, hoping that they might take them before they
+could escape, and fearing lest they should flee. But
+they judged it better not to sail straight against
+them, lest the Greeks seeing them so advance should
+take to flight, for that if night should fall while they
+fled they would clean escape out of their hands.
+Now the desire of the Persians was that not even the
+torch-bearer, as men say, should escape. (When
+the Spartans go forth to war they have with them
+one who keeps the sacred fire for the sacrifices. Him
+they defend with all their might; nor is he killed
+unless the whole army perish.) They contrived
+therefore this plan. They separated two hundred
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span>ships from the whole fleet, and sent them around the
+island of Eubœa, commanding them to make a very
+wide circuit, lest the Greeks should see them. And
+their purpose was that the two hundred ships should
+bar the way by the Euripus (the Euripus is the channel
+at the extremity of the island southward), and
+that so the Greeks might be shut in on either side,
+for the two hundred ships would be behind them, and
+the remainder of the fleet would attack them from
+before. Having so done they remained in their place,
+till they should know by a signal that the two hundred
+ships had accomplished their voyage.</p>
+
+<p>Now there was among the Persians a certain Scyllias
+of Scione, than whom there was in those days
+no more skillful diver. This man had saved much
+treasure for the Persians after the great storm that
+fell on the fleet from Mount Pelion, getting also no
+small portion for himself. He had been minded for
+some time to go over to the Greeks, but had not before
+found occasion. And indeed how he passed
+from the Persians to the Greeks is not certainly
+known; but marvelous things are told about it. For
+some say that diving into the sea at Aphetæ he did
+not come up to the top of the water so much as once
+till he was arrived at Artemisium, so passing through
+eighty furlongs of sea or thereabouts. Many other
+things are told about this man that are manifestly
+false, and some that are true. But as to his coming
+from Aphetæ to Artemisium, doubtless he came in a
+boat. And so soon as he was come he told the commanders
+of the fleet of the damage done to the Persians,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span> and also of the two hundred ships that had
+been sent round Eubœa.</p>
+
+<p>When the commanders heard these things they
+took counsel what they should do. At the first they
+proposed to remain in their place till midnight, and
+then sail to meet the two hundred ships; but afterward,
+changing their purpose, they set sail, not long
+after noonday, toward the fleet of the barbarians,
+desiring to make a trial of their manner of fighting
+and of their skill.</p>
+
+<p>Now when the Persians perceived the Greeks thus
+sailing against them, and saw how few ships they
+had, they thought that they were mad, and went out
+to meet them, not doubting that they should easily
+take them all; for their ships were many more in
+number and also sailed better. And such of the
+Ionians as wished well to the Greeks, and served
+with the Persians against their will, were much troubled
+to see the fleet of the Greeks surrounded, thinking
+it certain that none of them would escape; but
+they that had no love for the Greeks rejoiced, and
+strove with each other who should first take an Athenian
+ship, and gain for himself great gifts from the
+King. For the Athenians were most accounted of
+both among the Persians and the Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>The Greeks, when the first signal was given, brought
+the sterns of their ships together and turned their
+prows toward their enemies; and on the second signal
+they joined battle; and though they were shut
+into a narrow space they bare themselves bravely and
+took twenty ships of the barbarians, and with them
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span>Philaon, brother to Gorgus King of Salamis, a man
+held in much respect. And the first of the Greeks
+that took a ship of the Persians was Lycomedes of
+Athens, to whom was given the prize of valor. But
+while they still fought, and victory was yet doubtful,
+the night fell. So the Greeks sailed back to their
+place, and the Persians also, marveling much at what
+had befallen them, for it was far otherwise than what
+they had hoped. In this battle one only of the Greeks
+came over from the Persians to the Greeks, a man of
+Lesbos, to whom the Athenians gave afterward certain
+lands in Salamis for a reward.</p>
+
+<p>But before night a great rain, with thunder and
+lightning from Mount Pelion, fell upon the Persians;
+and the dead corpses of them that had been slain in
+the battle, and broken pieces of the ships, were
+floated into the midst of the ships and hindered the
+oars. And the Persians were greatly afraid, thinking
+that there was no end of their perils, first the storm,
+and then the battle, and now this great storm of rain.
+But as for them that were sent round the island they
+fared much worse, for the storm fell upon them while
+they were in the open sea. They were near to the
+Hollows of Eubœa when the wind and the rain overtook
+them; nor could they hold up against the storm,
+but being driven they knew not whither, fell among
+rocks, and so were utterly destroyed. Thus did the
+Gods contrive that the number of the Persian ships
+should be made equal to the number of the ships of
+the Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>Right glad were the barbarians when the morning
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span>was come; and that day they tarried in their place,
+being well content to be quiet after all their troubles.
+And to the Greeks there came fifty and three ships of
+the Athenians. Tidings also were brought how that
+all the ships of the barbarians that had sought to sail
+round Eubœa had perished by reason of the storm.
+All this put them in good heart; and at the same
+hour at which they had sailed the day before, they
+went forth and fell on some Cilician ships and destroyed
+them, and so, at nightfall, sailed back to Artemisium.</p>
+
+<p>The third day the barbarians took it much to heart
+that so few ships of the Greeks should work them
+such injury. They feared also what Xerxes would do
+to them; therefore they did not tarry till the Greeks
+should begin the battle, but bidding each other be of
+good heart, about noonday they sailed out. Now it
+so fell out that these three days were the very days
+on which the Persians and the Greeks had fought in
+the Pass. For the Greeks at Artemisium sought
+to keep the Euripus even as Leonidas and his
+comrades sought to keep the Pass. So the Greeks
+strengthened each other, saying that they should not
+suffer the barbarians to go from thence into their land,
+and the Persians were fain to destroy the fleet of their
+enemies and so get the mastery of the strait. This
+day then the barbarians set themselves in order of
+battle and sailed against the Greeks, and these kept
+in their place at Artemisium. But when the Persians,
+having their ships in the shape of a crescent, made as
+if they would take the Greeks on both sides, then
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span>these sailed out and joined battle. This day neither
+the one nor the other had the upper hand, for the
+fleet of Xerxes was damaged not a little by reason of
+the multitude of the ships, these falling into confusion
+and striking the one against the other; nevertheless
+it held out and gave no place to the enemy,
+for the Persians counted it a grievous thing that they
+should be put to flight by a few. Thus it came to
+pass that many of the ships of the Greeks were
+broken, and many of the men perished. But of the
+barbarians there perished more by a great many both
+of ships and of men. And after they had fought together
+for a long time they parted asunder, going
+right gladly to their own place. In this battle of all
+the men of Xerxes none bare themselves more bravely
+than the Egyptians, and of all the Greeks none more
+than the Athenians, and among these than Cleinias,
+the son of Alcibiades. This Cleinias served at his
+own charges, having two hundred men and his own
+ship.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVI">
+ CHAPTER XVI.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE DEPARTURE OF THE GREEKS FROM ARTEMISIUM
+ AND OF THE ADVANCE OF XERXES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The battle being ended, the Greeks got possession
+of the broken ships and of the dead bodies of
+the slain; but seeing that they had been roughly
+handled, the Athenians not less than the others—for
+the half of their ships had suffered damage—they
+purposed to depart. Then Themistocles, thinking
+that if he could divide the men of Ionia and the men
+of Caria from the barbarians, the Greeks could have
+the mastery of the rest, gathered together the commanders,
+while the Eubœans were driving down their
+sheep to the sea, and told them that he had conceived
+a device by which he could divide from the King the
+bravest of his allies. Also he said that they should
+kill as many as they would of the sheep of the
+Eubœans, for that it was better that they should have
+them than that they should fall into the hands of the
+barbarians; also he would have the camp-fire according
+to custom. “And I will take care,” he said,
+“that you shall get back to Greece without any damage.”</p>
+
+<p>Now the people of Eubœa had paid no regard to
+the oracle of Bacis, making light of it altogether,
+and neither removing their goods from the island,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span>nor yet putting them into their strong places. And
+the oracle was this:</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">Ye sons of fair Eubœa heed:</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Whene’er the strangers’ dark array</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Shall bridge the sea with ropes of reed,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent2">Drive ye your bleating flocks away.</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>And by this neglect they were brought to ruin.</p>
+
+<p>By this time there was come a messenger from
+Thermopylæ. For the Greeks had set a man in
+Trachis to tell them that fought in the Pass how it
+fared with the ships at Artemisium, and there was
+another man with King Leonidas who was to bring
+news to Artemisium of the doings of the Spartans.
+This man was now come, telling all that had befallen
+the Greeks in the Pass; which when the commanders
+of the fleet had heard, they delayed no longer, but
+departed, each in their order, first the Corinthians,
+and last of all the Athenians. But Themistocles
+chose the swiftest of the Athenian ships, and going
+to the places for watering, engraved there upon the
+rocks certain words which the Ionians coming the
+next day to Artemisium read. And the words were
+these, “Men of Ionia, ye do wrong making war
+against your fathers and seeking to enslave the land
+of Greece. Of right ye should be on our side. But
+if this be not possible to you, yet stand ye aloof from
+the battle, and entreat the Carians also that they do
+likewise. And if so be that ye can not either help us
+or stand aloof, being under such constraint that ye
+cannot revolt against the barbarians, yet, when the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span>battle is joined, ye should hold your hands, remembering
+that ye are of our blood, and that for your
+sake we first prevoked the barbarians to wrath.”
+For Themistocles said to himself, “Either this
+writing will not come to the knowledge of the King,
+and the Ionians will perchance be persuaded to help
+us; or, coming to his knowledge, it will cause him
+to have doubts of them, and he will not suffer them
+to come into battle together with his ships.”</p>
+
+<p>Now when the barbarians heard that the Greeks
+had fled from Artemisium, at the first they would
+not believe it, but afterward, finding it to be so, they
+sailed thither. And when they were arrived at the
+place there came a herald from King Xerxes, saying,
+“Comrades, the King permits any that will to leave
+his place and see for himself how he fights against
+the foolish men that thought to resist his might.”
+But before that he sent the herald he had ordered
+matters in this wise. He took of them that had been
+slain of his army at the Pass one thousand (but the
+number of the whole was twenty thousand), and left
+them to be seen; but the rest he hid away, digging
+two great trenches for them and covering them with
+leaves, and heaping earth upon them. Now when
+the herald had made this proclamation there could
+scarcely be found a boat, so many desired to see the
+sight. So they crossed over and saw it, passing
+among the dead bodies; all these they thought to be
+either Spartans or men of Thespiæ, though indeed
+there were many helots among the slain. Nevertheless
+they that crossed over perceived what Xerxes
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span>had done with the dead of his own army. And
+indeed it was a foolish device, for on the one side
+were to be seen the thousand men, and on the other
+four thousand, gathered together all of them into one
+place. This day therefore they spent in this fashion,
+and in the next the seamen went back to their ships
+and Xerxes with his army went forward.</p>
+
+<p>About this time there came to the Persians certain
+men from Arcadia, poor men that sought for a livelihood.
+When these were brought before the King,
+one of the Persians asked them, saying, “What do
+the Greeks at this season?” The Arcadians answered,
+“They hold the games at Olympia, looking on the
+sports and on the races of chariots.” Then said the
+Persian, “What is the prize for which they contend?”
+And when the Arcadians answered, “They
+contend for a wreath of olive leaves,” Tritantæchmes,
+that was the son of Artabanus, cried out, “Now,
+by the Gods, O Mardonius, what manner of men are
+these against whom thou bringest us, that they contend
+with each other, not for money, but for glory
+only?” This was in truth a noble thing that he said,
+but it angered the King, so that he charged Tritantæchmes
+with cowardice.</p>
+
+<p>From Trachis the Persians marched into Doris,
+and from Doris into Phocis. This they laid waste,
+burning the towns and the temples. As for the Phocians
+themselves, they escaped, for the most part,
+with their wives and children, to the heights of
+Mount Parnassus. When they had passed through
+the land of Phocis the barbarians divided their army
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span>into two parts, whereof the one, with King Xerxes,
+marched toward Athens through the land of Bœotia,
+and the other, having taken to themselves guides,
+marched toward the temple at Delphi. This they
+did purposing to spoil the temple, and to bring the
+treasure to the King; and indeed the King knew all
+the notable things that were laid up in the treasury
+at Delphi better than he knew the things that he had
+left in his own house; for there was continually
+much talk about them, and especially about the
+offering which Crœsus, King of the Lydians, had
+made to the god.</p>
+
+<p>The men of Delphi, when they knew of the coming
+of the Persians, were in great fear; therefore they
+inquired of the oracle what they should do with the
+treasures of the temple, whether they should bury
+them in the earth, or take them away to some other
+land. But the god answered them in these words,
+“Move them not, for I am sufficient to defend that
+which is mine own.” When the men of Delphi
+heard these words, they took counsel about themselves.
+First they carried their women and children
+across the gulf of Corinth to the land of Achaia, and
+after that they fled, for the most part, to the heights
+of Parnassus, and their goods they hid in the Corycian
+cave; but some of them escaped to Amphissa, a
+city of the Locrians; of all the men of Delphi there
+were left in the city sixty only, and the prophet.</p>
+
+<p>So soon as the barbarians were come near so that
+they could see the temple, the prophet (his name
+was Acetatus) espied the holy arms which it is not
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span>lawful for a man to touch, lying without the temple.
+And while he went to tell this marvel to them that
+were in the city, and the barbarians were coming up
+with all speed, and were now near to the temple of
+Athene, there befel marvels greater by far than that
+which has been told. A great marvel indeed is it
+that arms should move of their own accord so as to
+be seen lying without the temple, but the things that
+befell afterward are greater by far, and such indeed
+that nothing can be compared with them. First of
+all, so soon as the barbarians, coming up the road,
+were now hard by the temple of Athene, there fell
+on them great thunderbolts from heaven, and two
+great rocks brake off from the top of Mount Parnassus,
+and rolled down upon them with a great crash,
+and slew many of them, and there was heard also
+from the temple a war-cry and a shout of victory.
+And when the barbarians saw and heard all these
+things, great fear came upon them, so that they
+turned their backs and fled. And when the men of
+Delphi perceived that they fled, they came down and
+pursued after them, and slew not a few of them.
+And they that escaped fled into Bœotia, turning
+neither to the right hand nor to the left. They said
+also that, over and above the other marvels that have
+been told, they saw two men at arms, whose stature
+exceeded the stature of a man, following after them
+and slaying them. These two men the men of Delphi
+affirm to have been heroes of the country, Phylacus
+and Autonous. These two have each a temple
+and a precinct near to the city of Delphi. As for the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span>rocks that fell from Parnassus, they are to be seen to
+this day in the precinct of Athene, in which they
+lodged after that they had passed through the host of
+the barbarians.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVII">
+ CHAPTER XVII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE GREEKS AT SALAMIS AND OF THE CITY OF
+ ATHENS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The ships of the Greeks, having departed from
+Artemisium, came to Salamis. The Athenians
+had besought them to do this that they might carry
+their women and children out of their country, and
+might also take counsel together what was best to be
+done. For indeed things had not happened according
+to their expectations. For they had thought to
+find the men of the Peloponnese drawn up with their
+whole force in the land of Bœotia to do battle with
+the barbarians. But now they heard that these purposed
+to build a wall across the Isthmus, and so
+defend their own country, suffering the rest of Greece
+to take thought for itself. And this the Greeks did.
+And so soon as they were come thither there flowed
+to them no small force that had been gathered together
+at Pogon, the haven of the Trœzenians. For the
+word had gone forth that all who would fight for
+Greece should be gathered together at Pogon. All
+these the same Euribiades that was at Artemisium
+commanded, being a Spartan, but not of the house of
+the Kings. Of all the ships the best were the ships
+of the Athenians, being in number one hundred and
+eighty. These were now altogether manned by their
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span>own people, for the men of Platæa had gone to carry
+away their wives and children from their city. The
+men of Ægina sent thirty ships, leaving certain others
+to defend their city. From the island of Naxos there
+came four. These indeed had been sent by their people
+to help the Persians, but they made light of the
+command and helped the Greeks. This they did at
+the instance of Democritus, a notable man among the
+Naxians and captain of a ship. The men of Seriphos
+and Siphnos and Melos also helped the Greeks, being
+the only islanders that had not given earth and water
+to the barbarians. These three sent in all four ships
+of fifty oars. And of all the countries beyond the
+sea the men of Crotona only came to the help of the
+Greeks in their great peril. These sent one ship
+which Phayllus, a man that had been crowned at the
+Pythians games, commanded. Now the number of
+the ships in all was three hundred and seventy and
+eight; but in this number the ships of fifty oars were
+not reckoned.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile there had been made a proclamation
+among the Athenians that each man should save his
+children and his household as best he could. The
+most part sent them away to Trœzen; but some sent
+them to Ægina, and some to Salamis. This they did
+with all speed, desiring to obey the words of the oracle,
+and also for another reason which shall now be
+told. The Athenians say that in their citadel in the
+temple there dwells a great snake that is the guardian
+of the place. And indeed they set out for this snake
+a monthly provision of food, as for a veritable creature;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span>
+and the monthly provision is a honey cake.
+This honey cake which before had always been eaten,
+was now seen to be untouched. When the priestess
+told these things to the people they were more earnest
+than before to leave the city, as thinking that the
+goddess Athene had deserted the citadel. Nevertheless
+they did not all depart, for the Persians, when
+they came, found the city indeed desolate of inhabitants,
+but in the citadel certain men, that were either
+ministers of the temple or of the poorer sort that for
+lack of means had not departed with the rest of the
+people to Salamis. But some of them went not,
+thinking that they rightly understood the oracle of
+the Pythia when she said, “The wooden wall shall
+not be taken;” for that by this wall was signified,
+not the ships, but a veritable wall of wood. These
+therefore had fenced about the citadel with doors and
+pieces of wood, and so awaited the coming of the
+Persians.</p>
+
+<p>The Persians indeed encamped on the hill that is
+over against the citadel (this hill the Athenians call
+the hill of Ares) and began the siege, shooting at the
+Greeks arrows with burning tow upon them that so
+they might set fire to the barricade. Nevertheless
+the men held out, though indeed they were in evil
+case, and their wooden wall had failed them; nor
+would they hearken to the words of the sons of
+Pisistratus when these would have them surrender,
+but they rolled down great stones upon the barbarians
+as these came up to the gates, and so kept
+the place. And for many days Xerxes was in great
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span>doubt, and knew not how he should prevail over
+them; but at last they discovered a way of access.
+For it must needs be that the oracle should be fulfilled,
+that all the country of the Athenians upon the
+mainland should be conquered by the barbarians.
+Certain Persians climbed up the hill where there was
+no watch, no one believing that any man could mount
+by that way, so steep was it. (The place is on the
+face of the cliff, behind the gates and the way by
+which men commonly ascend.) So soon as the
+Athenians saw them now already on the top, some
+threw themselves from the wall and so perished;
+and some fled for refuge to the sanctuary. But the
+Persians, when they had opened the gates of the
+citadel for their fellows, slew all them that had taken
+sanctuary; and afterward they plundered the temple
+and burned all the citadel with fire. Then Xerxes,
+being now wholly master of Athens, sent off a messenger,
+a horseman, to Artabanus, to tell him of his
+good success. Also, on the second day after the
+sending of the herald, he commanded the Athenian
+exiles that had followed in his train to go up to the
+citadel and do sacrifice in the place according to the
+custom of their country. This he did either by reason
+of a dream, or because it repented him that he
+had burned the temple. And the exiles did as the
+King commanded. And when they were come to the
+citadel they found a marvelous thing. There was in
+the citadel a temple of Erectheus, whom the Athenians
+call the “earth-born,” and in the temple an
+olive tree, which Athene left for a memorial of her
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span>when she contended with Poseidon for the land of the
+Athenians. Now this olive had been burned with
+other things in the temple, but when the Athenians
+went up according to the King’s commandment,
+they found that there had sprung forth from the
+trunk a fresh shoot of a cubit in length.</p>
+
+<p>So soon as tidings came to the Greeks of Salamis
+of the things that had befallen Athens and its citadel,
+there came upon them such fear that some of
+the captains would not wait till the council should
+have voted, but embarked in their vessels with all
+haste, and hoisted up their sails, as though they
+would fly without delay. And such as stayed at the
+council voted that the fleet should give battle to the
+Persians at the Isthmus. Afterward, it being now
+night, the captains departed, each man to his own
+vessel.</p>
+
+<p>And when Themistocles was come to his ship there
+met him a certain Mnesiphilus, an Athenian, who
+asked him what the council had decreed. And when
+Themistocles said, “They have decreed that we should
+sail to the Isthmus, and there fight for the Peloponnese,”
+Mnesiphilus made answer, “If these men take
+away their ships from Salamis, there will be no one
+country for which ye may fight. For the Greeks
+will depart each to his own city, and neither Eurybiades
+nor any other man shall be able to hinder
+them from so scattering themselves. So shall Greece
+perish by the folly of their children. If therefore
+there be any device by which thou canst deliver us
+from this end, haste and make trial of it. Happily
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span>thou mayest persuade Eurybiades to change his purpose
+and remain in this place.”</p>
+
+<p>This counsel pleased Themistocles well. To Mnesiphilus
+indeed he answered nothing, but he went
+straightway to the ship of Eurybiades, and said that
+he had a matter concerning the common weal about
+which he would speak with him. Then said Eurybiades,
+“Come into my ship if thou hast aught to
+say.” So Themistocles sat by his side and told him
+all that he had heard from Mnesiphilus—only he said
+these things as if from himself—and added also many
+other things. So urgent was he that at the last
+Eurybiades went forth and gathered together the
+other captains to council. So soon then as these
+were gathered together, before that Eurybiades had
+set forth the matter wherefore they were assembled,
+Themistocles, as one that was wholly intent on his
+purpose, said many things, so that Adeimantus of
+Corinth cried out to him, “Themistocles, in the
+games they that start too soon are scourged.”
+“Yea,” said Themistocles, excusing himself, “but
+they that linger are not crowned.” Thus he answered
+the Corinthian softly. And to Eurybiades he spake,
+not indeed after his former manner how that the
+ships would be scattered from where he should have
+sailed to the Isthmus, for the allies were present,
+and he thought it not seemly to say this thing in
+their ears, but rather in some such fashion as this:
+“It is in thy hands to save Greece, if thou wilt
+hearken unto me and abide in this place, and so give
+battle to the barbarians, not heeding those who would
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span>have thee depart hence to the Isthmus with thy ships.
+For hear now, and set these two things one against
+the other. If the host give battle at the Isthmus,
+then shall we fight in the open sea, than which
+there could be nothing less to our advantage, seeing
+that our ships are fewer in number and these heavier.
+Also we shall lose Salamis and Megara and Ægina,
+though we prosper in the battle. For remember that
+the army of the barbarians will follow, together with
+their fleet, and that thou wilt thus bring both the
+one and the other to the Peloponnesus, and so put all
+Greece upon the hazard. But if thou wilt hearken
+unto me, see what we shall gain. First we shall do
+battle in a narrow space, a thing much to our advantage
+and to the harm of our enemies. And secondly,
+we shall yet keep Salamis, where we have put our
+wives and children, and Megara also and Ægina.
+And at Salamis, saith the oracle, we shall prevail
+over the barbarians.”</p>
+
+<p>When Themistocles had thus spoken, Adeimantus
+of Corinth reproached him again, bidding him be
+silent, because he was a man without a city (for
+Athens had been destroyed by the barbarians). Then
+Themistocles brake out against him and the Corinthians
+with many bitter words, and saying, “Nay, but
+we have a city and a land greater than yours, for we
+have two hundred ships well manned, whose attack
+no city of the Greeks would be able to withstand.”
+Then he turned to Eurybiades, and said with all
+earnestness, “If thou wilt abide here and bear thyself
+bravely all will be well; but if not, then wilt
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span>thou bring Greece to ruin. For verily we will take
+our wives and children and go straightway to Siris in
+Italy, which is ours. Verily, when ye have lost our
+help, ye will remember what I have said this day.”</p>
+
+<p>When Eurybiades heard these words, he changed
+his purpose, knowing that if the Athenians should
+depart, the rest of the fleet should not be able to
+withstand the Persians. Wherefore he made his
+resolve that he would stay and give battle at Salamis.
+Then all the captains made ready for battle. After
+this, at daybreak there was an earthquake, and it
+seemed good to the Greeks to make supplications to
+the Gods, and to call the sons of Æacus to their help.
+And this they did, for they put up prayers, and sent
+a ship to Salamis to fetch Æacus and his children.</p>
+
+<p>A certain Dicæus, an exile of Athens and a man of
+repute among the barbarians, told this tale of what
+he saw about this time. He chanced to be with Demaratus
+the Spartan in the plain of Thria, the land
+of Attica having been by this time laid waste by the
+army of Xerxes, and he saw coming from Eleusis a
+great cloud of dust, such as a host of thirty thousand
+men might make in their march. And while the two
+marveled who these could be that could cause such
+dust, he heard voices and the sound, as it seemed to
+him, of the hymn to Bacchus. Now Demaratus
+heard the voices, and asked what they were saying,
+for he knew nothing of the mysteries of Eleusis.
+Then said Dicæus, “O Demaratus, of a truth, some
+great trouble will overtake the army of the King.
+For seeing that Attica is void of inhabitants, these
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span>that sing are surely gods, and they come from Eleusis
+to help the Athenians and their allies. If therefore
+this that we see turn to the Peloponnese, there will
+be peril to the King and to his army, but if to Salamis,
+then there will be peril to the fleet. For know
+that year by year the Athenians keep a feast to the
+Mother and Daughter, and the voices which thou
+heardst were singing the hymn of the feast.” Then
+said Demaratus, “See that thou tell the matter to no
+man. For if the King hear it, thou wilt surely perish.
+Hold thou thy peace therefore; the Gods will
+order as they please with the army of the King.”</p>
+
+<p>By this time the ships of the barbarians were come
+to Phalerum, which is a haven of Athens. And it
+seemed good to Xerxes to learn the judgment of
+them that had command in the fleet. Wherefore he
+went on board and sat on a seat of honor, and all the
+kings and the captains sat before him, each in his
+place, after the pleasure of the King. The King of
+Sidon sat in the first place, and in the second the
+King of Tyre. Then Xerxes sent Mardonius, bidding
+him ask each in his order what he counseled, whether
+they should fight or no. To this all made answer in
+the same words that they should fight, save Artemisia
+of Halicarnassus only, who spake after this fashion,
+“Say to the King, O Mardonius, what I now say to
+thee. Seeing that I bare myself not less bravely than
+the others in the battles at the island of Eubœa. I
+have the right to speak what I judge to be most for
+thy advantage. I say then spare thy ships and fight
+not. These men are better than thine upon the sea,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span>even as men are better than women. Art thou not
+master of Athens, for which thou camest hither?
+Doth any man resist thee? Or if thou art not yet
+satisfied, thou canst easily accomplish all that is in
+thine heart to do. These men will not long abide in
+their place, and indeed they have, I fear, no store of
+food in the island; and if thou goest forward toward
+the Peloponnese, they will be scattered each to his
+own city, for the men of the Peloponnese will not care
+to fight for the Athenians. But I fear me much that
+some great evil will befall thee, if thou art resolved
+to join battle with the Greeks by sea. For remember
+that good masters have ever evil servants, and
+evil masters good servants; thou indeed art the best
+of men, but thy servants are evil. For these thy
+allies, as they are called, these men of Egypt and of
+Cyprus and of Cilicia and of Pamphylia, are of no account.”</p>
+
+<p>When Artemisia spake these words all that wished
+her well were much troubled, for they thought that
+she would surely be cruelly dealt with by the King,
+because she counseled him not to give battle; but all
+that were enemies to her rejoiced, and they that envied
+her for the honor which the King had done to
+her beyond all the allies, thinking that she would
+perish. Nevertheless Xerxes, when the words of all
+the kings and the captains were told to him, was not
+pleased with any so much as with the words of Artemisia.
+Nevertheless it seemed good to him to follow
+the counsel of the greater number, and to give battle;
+for he thought that the ships had not done their best
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span>at Eubœa because he himself had been absent, and
+was minded to see the battle that should now be
+fought with his own eyes.</p>
+
+<p>So the ships of the barbarians sailed to Salamis
+and took their places, as they had been commanded,
+no man hindering them; for the Greeks, especially
+the men of the Peloponnese, were greatly troubled,
+fearing lest they should be shut up in Salamis while
+their own country was left without defense.</p>
+
+<p>The same night the army of the barbarians went
+forwards to the Peloponnese. There indeed all things
+had been done that the Persians might not be able to
+come into the country. For so soon as there came
+the tidings how that Leonidas and his companions
+had fallen at the Pass, straightway the inhabitants assembled
+from their cities and pitched their camp at
+the Isthmus, their commander being Cleombrotus,
+who was brother to Leonidas. First they blocked up
+the way of Susa, that leads from Magara to Corinth;
+and afterwards they built a wall across the Isthmus.
+This work they wrought in a few days only, for there
+were many thousands of men, and they worked without
+ceasing either by night or by day. Now the nations
+that were gathered at the Isthmus were these:
+the Lacedæmonians, all the Arcadians, the Corinthians,
+the men of Elis, the men of Sicyon, and of Epidaurus,
+and of Phlius, and of Trœzen, and of Hermione.
+But the other nations, as the Achæans and the
+Argives, came not to the Isthmus, nor gave help to
+the Greeks, but rather, if the truth is to be told, gave
+help to the Persians.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVIII">
+ CHAPTER XVIII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE BATTLE OF SALAMIS.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Meanwhile there was much doubt and fear
+among the Greeks at Salamis. For a time
+indeed the captains talked privately the one with the
+other, marveling at the ill counsel of Eurybiades that
+he left the Peloponnese without defense; but at the
+last their discontent brake forth, and the assembly
+was called together, in which many things were said
+to the same purpose as in the former assembly, some
+affirming that they ought to sail away to the Peloponnese
+that they might defend it, it being a vain
+thing, they said, to remain at Salamis and fight for
+that which was already in the power of their enemies,
+and the men of Athens and of Ægina and of Megara
+being urgent that they should remain and give battle.</p>
+
+<p>Then Themistocles, perceiving that his counsel
+should not prevail against the counsel of the men of
+the Peloponnese, went out secretly from the assembly,
+and sent straightway a messenger in a boat to
+the camp of the Persians. (The name of the messenger
+was Sicinnus, he was servant to Themistocles and
+tutor to his children; and after the war Themistocles
+caused him to become a citizen of Thespiæ, for the
+Thespians were admitting strangers to citizenship,
+and gave him great riches.) This Sicinnus therefore,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span>going in a boat to the camp of the barbarians, spake
+to their captains, saying, “The commander of the
+Athenians has sent me, without the knowledge of the
+rest of the Greeks, to say that the Greeks are in
+great fear and purpose to fly from their place, and
+that ye have a great occasion of destroying them utterly,
+if only ye will not suffer them to escape. For indeed
+they are not of one mind, nor will they withstand
+you any more, but ye will see them fighting
+the one against the other, they that are on your side
+being opposed to them that are against you. And
+this my master does because he is a friend to the King,
+and because he would rather that you should prevail
+than that the Greeks should have the mastery.”</p>
+
+<p>When Sicinnus had thus spoken he departed
+straightway. And the Persians, because they believed
+what Sicinnus had told them, first landed
+many of their men on Psyttaleia, which is a little
+island between Salamis and the mainland; and next,
+about midnight, they moved the westernmost wing
+of their ships to Salamis, and those that were posted
+at Ceos and Cynosura set sail also, and filled all the
+strait even as far as Munychia. This they did that
+the Greeks might not be able to escape, but might be
+shut up within Salamis, and so pay the penalty of
+what they had done at Artemisium. As for the
+landing of the Persians at Psyttaleia, it was done for
+this cause, that when the battle was joined, and the
+broken ships and shipwrecked men should be carried
+down by the current to the island—which must needs
+be the case, seeing that it was in the very way of the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span>battle that should be fought—these soldiers might be
+able to save their friends and slay their enemies.
+All this the barbarians did in silence, lest haply the
+Greeks should hear of the thing that had been done.
+So the Persians made ready for the battle, taking no
+rest, but toiling through all the night.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile there was much angry talk among the
+captains at Salamis, for they knew not yet that they
+were shut in by the barbarians. But while they were
+assembled there came over from Ægina a certain
+Aristides, a man of Athens, that had been banished
+by the people (yet was he the best and most righteous
+man in Athens). This Aristides, coming to the
+council, would have Themistocles called out to speak
+with him. Now Themistocles was no friend to Aristides,
+but an enemy and very bitter against him;
+nevertheless, for the great trouble that had come
+upon the land, he took no count of this enmity, but
+came and called for him, wishing to speak with him.
+And when Themistocles was come forth, Aristides
+said to him, “We two, O Themistocles, have contended
+together aforetime concerning other things,
+but now let us contend who shall do the better
+service to his country. What I am now come to say
+is this: Let the men of the Peloponnese say little or
+say much about sailing hence, it is all one. For I
+affirm, of my own knowledge, that the Corinthians
+and Eurybiades himself cannot now depart, if they
+would, for that the barbarians have closed us in. But
+go thou and tell this thing to the captains.” And
+Themistocles made answer, “This is good news thou
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</span>hast brought, telling of your own knowledge the
+things that I greatly desired should come to pass.
+What the barbarians have done was indeed of my
+doing, because if the Greeks would not fight of their
+free will there was a necessity that they should be
+made to fight against their will. But as thou hast
+brought good news, tell it to the captains thyself, for
+if I tell it they will deem that I am lying to them.
+Tell it therefore thyself, and if they believe thee,
+well; but if not, yet can they not escape, if as thou
+sayest, the Persians have closed us in.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Aristides went in to the assembly and told
+them that he was come from Ægina, having barely
+escaped the watch ships of the barbarians; and that
+they were closed in by the Persians. And he counseled
+them to make ready for the battle. Having so
+spoken he departed. Then there arose a great disputing,
+the greater part of the captains not believing
+these tidings. But while they doubted there came a
+ship of war from Tenos, which a certain Panætius
+commanded. This man told them the whole truth
+of the matter. For this cause the men of Tenos were
+written on the offering among them that destroyed
+the barbarians. And now the number of the ships of
+the Greeks was made up to three hundred and eighty.</p>
+
+<p>The Greeks, learning that the words of the men of
+Tenos were true, made themselves ready for battle.
+And when it was morning there was called an assembly
+of the crews, and Themistocles spake to them
+very noble words, how that men should always
+choose good rather than evil, and honorable things
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</span>rather than base things. When he had ended his
+speech he bade them embark on their ships; and
+while they were embarking there came from Ægina
+the ships that brought the children of Æacus. Then
+all the Greeks began to move their ships from
+their place. But so soon as they began to move
+them, the Persians advanced against them, and the
+Greeks backed their oars, so that they would have
+beached the ships, only one Ameinias, a man of
+Athens, bade his men row forward, and coming forth
+before the line, drave his ship against a ship of the
+barbarians. Then others went to the help of Ameinias,
+and so the battle was begun. This is what the
+Athenians say; but the men of Ægina affirm that the
+ship that went to fetch the children of Æacus first
+began the battle. Also this story is told, that there
+was seen the likeness of a woman who cried with a
+loud voice, so that all the Greeks could hear her,
+“How long, ye simple ones, will ye back your
+oars?”</p>
+
+<p>The order of the battle was this. The Phœnicians
+were on the right wing, towards the west and towards
+Eleusis, and the Athenians were ranged over against
+them; and the Ionians were on the left, towards the
+east and towards the Piræus, having the Lacedæmonians
+over against them. Of the Ionians a few only
+followed the counsel of Themistocles, and held back
+from the fighting; for many of their captains took
+ships of the Greeks, of whom was Theomestor, that
+for this service was made lord of Samos by the Persians,
+and Phylacus, who also was of Samos, that
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</span>had lands given to him and was written among the
+benefactors of the King. But for the most part the
+ships of the Persians were destroyed by the Greeks,
+and especially by the Athenians and the men of
+Ægina. For the Greeks fought in good order and
+kept their plans, but the barbarians were without
+order, neither had they any purpose in what they did.
+Wherefore they must needs have been worsted in the
+battle. Nevertheless they this day surpassed themselves,
+bearing themselves more bravely than at Eubœa;
+for every man was very zealous, having the
+fear of the King before his eyes, and deeming that
+the King saw what he did.</p>
+
+<p>How the rest of the Greeks and of the barbarians
+behaved themselves cannot be described, but of Artemisia
+of Halicarnassus this story is told. The fleet of
+the King being now in great confusion, it so chanced
+that the ship of Artemisia was pursued by an Athenian
+ship. And she, not being able to escape, for she
+was the nearest of all to the ships of the enemy, and
+had many of her own friends in front of her, devised
+this means of saving herself, and also accomplished
+it. She drave her ship against the ship of the lord
+of Calyndus, being one of the fleet of the King
+(whether she had a quarrel against this man, or the
+ship chanced to be in her way is not known for certain),
+and had the good fortune to sink it. And thus
+she gained a double gain. For when the captain of
+the Athenian ship saw what she did, judging that her
+ship was of the fleet of the Greeks, or that it had deserted
+from the King, he left pursuing her; and also,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</span>having done this ill service to the Persians, yet she
+got the greatest glory from the King. For Xerxes,
+as he looked upon the battle, saw not her ship smite
+another. And one said to him, “O King, seest thou
+how bravely Queen Artemisia bears herself, sinking a
+ship of the enemies?” Then said the King, “Was
+this verily the doing of Artemisia?” And they affirmed
+that it was, knowing the token of her ship;
+but the ship that was sunk they judged to be one of
+the Greeks. It so chanced also, that her good fortune
+might be complete, that not a man of the ship
+of Calyndus was left to tell the truth. As for Xerxes,
+he is reported to have said, “My men have become
+women, and my women have become men.”</p>
+
+<p>In this battle fell Ariabignes, being brother to the
+King, and also many other famous men of the Medes
+and the Persians. Of the Greeks indeed there perished
+not many; for even though their ships were destroyed,
+yet being able to swim they saved themselves;
+but of the barbarians the greater part perished, for
+they were not able to swim. And so soon as the first
+of the Persian ships began to fly before the Greeks
+then there followed a great destruction. For they
+that were behind pressed forward, seeking to show
+some deed of valor before the eyes of the King, and
+drave against the ships that fled, and so both did and
+received great damage. This thing also happened.
+Certain of the Phœnicians, whose ships had perished,
+came to the King and made a complaint against the
+Ionians that they had betrayed them. But while
+they were yet speaking, a ship of Samothrace drave
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</span>against an Athenian ship and sank it; then there
+came a ship of Ægina against the ship of Samothrace
+and wounded it sorely; notwithstanding, while it
+was sinking the Samothracians, being throwers of
+javelins, smote down the men of Ægina, and boarded
+their ship and took possession of it. This thing was
+the salvation of the Ionians. For Xerxes, seeing that
+these Greeks had wrought a great deed and being in
+great vexation of spirit, and ready to blame all men,
+commanded that they should cut off the heads of the
+Phœnician captains, that they might not any more
+bring accusations against men that were better than
+they. All the time of the battle the King sat on the
+hill that is over against Salamis, and when any deed
+of valor was done by his ships, he would ask the
+name of the captain, and the scribes wrote it down,
+with the names also of his father and of his city.</p>
+
+<p>Such of the ships of the barbarians as sought to
+escape by way of Phalerum the men of Ægina dealt
+with, waiting in the strait, and behaving themselves
+most valorously. For the Athenians destroyed such
+as yet fought and such as fled, and the men of Ægina
+fell upon them that would sail out, so that if any
+escaped from the Athenians they fell into the hands
+of the men of Ægina.</p>
+
+<p>In this battle the men of Ægina were judged to
+have shown most valor, and next to them the Athenians;
+and among the men of Ægina Polycritus, and
+among the Athenians Eumenes and Ameinias. It
+was this Ameinias that pursued Artemisia. And indeed,
+had he known whom he pursued, he would not
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</span>have left following her till he had taken her, or himself
+been taken; for there was proclaimed a reward
+of ten thousand drachmas to the man that should
+take Artemisia alive, the Athenians being very wroth
+that a woman should presume to bear arms against
+their city.</p>
+
+<p>Of Adeimantus the Corinthian the Athenians tell
+this story, that in the very beginning of the battle,
+being wholly mastered with fear, he hoisted his sails
+and fled; and that the other Corinthian ships, seeing
+the ship of their commander flying, fled also; and
+that when they were come in their flight over against
+the temple of Athene of Sciron, they met there a
+pinnace, that came not by any bidding of men; and
+that when it was close to their ships the men in the
+pinnace cried out, “Thou indeed art flying, O Adeimantus,
+and showing thyself traitor to the Greeks;
+but they are winning the victory over their enemies.”
+When Adeimantus would not believe, the men said
+that they were willing to answer for it with their
+lives that their words were true. Then Adeimantus
+turned back his ship, and he and his companions
+came to Salamis when the battle was now finished.
+This is the story of the Athenians concerning the
+Corinthians; but the Corinthians deny it, affirming
+that they fought among the first. And in this they
+are confirmed by the testimony of the other Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>On that day Aristides the Athenian did good service.
+He took with him many men at arms, Athenians,
+that had been drawn up along the shore of
+Salamis, and landed them on the island of Psyttaleia,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</span>so that they slew all the Persians that had been set to
+keep the place.</p>
+
+<p>When the battle was ended the Greeks drew to
+Salamis such of the broken ships as yet floated, and
+prepared to fight yet again, for they thought that the
+King would not fail to use the ships that remained to
+him. But many of the wrecks the wind—for it
+chanced to blow from the west—carried to the shore
+of Attica, which is called the shore of Colias. Thus
+was fulfilled a certain oracle of Lysistratus the Athenian.</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+ <div class="stanza">
+ <div class="verse indent0">“That Colian dames their bread may bake,</div>
+ <div class="verse indent0">Full many an oar that day shall break.”</div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>And this came to pass after the King had departed.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIX">
+ CHAPTER XIX.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE FLIGHT OF XERXES.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>When King Xerxes perceived what damage his
+ships had suffered he resolved that he would
+flee without delay to Persia. Yet, to hide this purpose,
+he made as if he would carry on the war, making
+a mound across the channel that is between
+Salamis and the mainland, and doing other things.
+But though he deceived others he did not deceive
+Mardonius.</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile he sent a messenger to Susa,
+whither he had before sent the tidings of how he
+was master of Athens, and as before the people had
+rejoiced, strewing myrtle boughs in the streets, and
+burning incense, and feasting and making merry, so
+now they were greatly troubled, rending their garments,
+and making much ado with weeping and
+wailing. Nor was it for the damage of the ship that
+they lamented, but for fear lest the King himself
+should suffer harm. Nor would they be comforted
+till he came back in safety.</p>
+
+<p>Now when Mardonius saw that the King purposed
+to flee, fearing lest he should suffer punishment for
+that he had advised the marching against Greece, he
+made this resolve, that either he would himself conquer
+Greece—and this indeed he hoped to do—or
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</span>perish honorably. Wherefore he said to Xerxes,
+“Trouble not thyself overmuch, O master, for this
+loss that has befallen us; for these fellows, whom
+thou thinkest to have conquered us, will not dare to
+stand against us. And, if we wish, we may deal with
+them without delay, or, if we will, we may wait
+awhile. But if, O King, thou art minded to depart
+straightway, hear my counsel. Make not thy Persians
+a laughing-stock to the Greeks. For if the
+Phœnicians and Egyptians and the like have played
+the coward, yet have not the Persians so done. Depart
+then, therefore, if thou art so minded, but let
+me choose out three hundred thousand men of the
+army, with whom I may conquer these Greeks.”</p>
+
+<p>Xerxes when he heard these words was very glad,
+and made answer to Mardonius that he would deliberate
+about these things. And because before Artemisia
+only had perceived what should be done, he
+sent for her, and when she was come, sent away his
+other counselors, and inquired of her what he should
+do, setting before her the counsel of Mardonius. To
+this she made answer in these words: “I counsel
+thee to depart straightway, O King. And if Mardonius
+promises to conquer Greece for thee, let him
+stay behind and do it. For if he succeed, thine will
+be the gain; and if he fail, there will follow no great
+damage, so that thou and thy house be safe. For of
+a surety, so long as these remain, the Greeks will
+often be in peril of their lives. And if they prevail
+over this Mardonius, he is nothing more than thy
+slave.” This counsel seemed very good to the King,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</span>being altogether to his mind, and if all the men and
+women in the world had counseled him to remain,
+hardly would he have done it, so terrified was he.
+He commended therefore Artemisia, and sent her on
+to Ephesus with certain of his children in her charge,
+in which charge was joined also one Hermotimus of
+Pedasus. The people of Pedasus say that when a
+mischance is about to befall any of their neighbors
+the priestess of Athene in their city has a beard, and
+that this has happened twice.</p>
+
+<p>The next day Xerxes commanded the ships to sail
+with all speed to the Hellespont, that they might
+guard the bridges against his coming. So they departed;
+and sailing by Cape Zoster, where certain
+rocks jut out from the land, they took the rocks for
+ships, and fled far away. But afterward, when they
+knew the truth, they gathered themselves together
+again.</p>
+
+<p>For awhile the Greeks, seeing the army of the barbarians
+in the same place, supposed that the ships
+also remained, and made ready for battle. But when
+they knew the truth, they pursued after them; but
+having sailed as far as Andros, and not seeing them,
+they held a council of war. Then Themistocles
+would have had them make with all speed for the
+Hellespont that they might break down the bridges,
+but Eurybiades was of the contrary opinion, saying,
+“There can no worse thing befall the Greeks than
+that we should break down the bridges. For if the
+Persians be thus cut off and driven to remain, see
+what will follow. If they be quiet they must come
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</span>to ruin, for their host will perish of hunger; but if
+they bestir themselves they will conquer all Europe,
+city by city, and for food they will have our harvests.
+Now, indeed, because his ships have been vanquished,
+he is minded to depart; and this we should suffer
+him to do. Only when he has departed, we may, if
+we will, strive with him for the mastery of his own
+country.”</p>
+
+<p>To this counsel the other leaders of the Peloponnesians
+consented. And when Themistocles saw that
+he could not persuade them, he changed his purpose,
+and said to the Athenians, for these were vexed beyond
+all the rest that the Persians were suffered to
+escape, “Often have I seen with my own eyes or
+heard from others that men having been worsted and
+driven to despair have recovered their own and
+become conquerors in their turn. Now we have
+found great good fortune, saving ourselves and
+Greece from this mighty host of men. Let us therefore
+be content and not pursue them when they flee.
+For we have not done this of our own might. The
+Gods and the heroes have done it, having jealousy
+that one man should be lord both of Asia and
+Europe, and he, too, a destroyer of images and temples,
+and that scourged the sea and threw fetters into
+it. Let us, therefore, now that the barbarians have
+departed, return each man to his home and sow our
+land, and in the spring will we sail to the Hellespont!”</p>
+
+<p>With these words he persuaded the Athenians;
+but he did it that he might bind the King to him by
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</span>this service, desiring to have a refuge, if any evil
+should come upon him at Athens. Wherefore he
+sent certain men to Attica, faithful men that would
+not betray him even under torture, and among them
+the man Sicinnus. This Sicinnus went to the King
+and said, “Themistocles the Athenian, wishing to do
+thee a service, has sent me to tell thee that he has
+restrained the Greeks who would have broken the
+bridges of the Hellespont, and that thou mayest
+return at thy leisure.”</p>
+
+<p>After this the Greeks laid siege to Andros. For
+Themistocles had demanded money of this city for
+the Greeks, saying, “You must needs pay the money,
+for we come bringing with us two great gods, even
+Persuasion and Necessity.” But the Andrians made
+answer, “Well may Athens be great and happy, seeing
+that it has such gods; but we have two that are
+unprofitable, yet dwell with us and will not leave us,
+even Poverty and Helplessness.” For this cause the
+Greeks besieged their city. As for Themistocles, he
+ceased not to get riches for himself, without the
+knowledge of the others, taking money from the
+islanders and others that the fleet should not sail
+against them.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile Mardonius chose out of the host such
+as he would have for his army. All the Immortals
+he chose, save Hydarnes, who was not willing to
+leave the King, and such of the Persians as wore
+corslets, and the thousand horsemen, and the Medes
+and the Sacæ and Bactrians and the Indians, both
+horse and foot. These nations he took wholly, and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</span>out of the rest of the host he chose such as excelled
+in stature or had done some valiant deed. The number
+was three hundred thousand in all. This choosing
+was done in Thessaly; and before it was finished
+there came a herald from Sparta, seeking satisfaction
+from the King for the death of Leonidas and his
+companions, for the god at Delphi had bidden the
+Spartans seek for it. The herald stood before Xerxes
+and said, “King of the Medes, the Spartans and the
+sons of Hercules ask of thee satisfaction for blood-guiltiness,
+because thou didst slay their King Leonidas
+when he defended Greece.” The King laughed;
+but after a while he pointed to Mardonius, who
+chanced to be present, and said, “This man will give
+such satisfaction as is due.” And the herald said,
+“I accept the satisfaction,” and so departed.</p>
+
+<p>After this Xerxes, leaving Mardonius in Thessaly,
+made for the Hellespont with all haste. In forty and
+five days he came to it, having but a small part of his
+army. These had laid their hands on all the corn in
+the countries through which they passed; and where
+corn was wanting they had devoured the bark and the
+leaves of all manner of trees, leaving nothing at all,
+so that many died of sundry diseases, and some were
+left behind sick in the cities on the way. When they
+came to the Hellespont they found the bridges
+broken, and crossed over in ships as they best could.
+And many, when they had abundance of food and
+drink, using these without measure, so died.</p>
+
+<p>There is told another tale of the flight of Xerxes.
+He left Hydarnes, it is said, to have charge of the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</span>army, and himself embarked on a Phœnician ship,
+and so sailed to Asia. But as he sailed there fell upon
+the ship a great wind from the north; and, being
+overladen, it was ready to sink, for there were many
+Persians with the King upon the deck. Then Xerxes
+cried aloud to the helmsman, saying, “Is there
+any help?” And the helmsman answered, “There
+is no help except we be rid of these many passengers.”
+Then said Xerxes to the Persians, “Let now any that
+will, show that he cares for his King, for my life is
+in your hands.” Then the Persians made obeisance
+to him and leaped into the sea; so the ship being
+lightened came safe to Asia. And when Xerxes was
+come to the shore he dealt thus with the helmsman.
+For that he had saved the life of the King he gave
+him a crown of gold; but for that he had caused the
+death of many Persians, he commanded that he
+should be beheaded. But this story is scarcely to be
+believed. For why did not the King rather send
+down these Persians, being the first men in the realm,
+into the lower part of the ship, and cause the like
+number of rowers, being Phœnicians, to leap into the
+sea? But in truth Xerxes returned by way of the
+land, whereof we have a proof that he passed through
+Abdera, and making a covenant with the people of
+that city, gave them a cimeter of gold and a turban
+broidered with gold.</p>
+
+<p>And now the Greeks were assembled at the Isthmus
+that they might adjudge the prize of valor to
+him that of all the Greeks had shown himself most
+worthy in the war. The captains then being met
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</span>laid their votes on the altar of Poseidon, a vote for
+the first place and a vote for the second. Each man
+gave the first place to himself, but the greater part
+gave the second to Themistocles. But though the
+captains could not agree for jealousy, yet was Themistocles
+commonly reported among the Greeks to
+have shown himself by far the wisest man of all in
+the war. And when he went to Sparta the Spartans
+received him with great honor. The prize of valor,
+indeed, which was a crown of olive, they gave to
+Eurybiades; but the prize of wisdom and dexterity,
+also a crown of olive, they gave to Themistocles.
+Also they gave him the fairest chariot that was in all
+Sparta; and when he departed three hundred chosen
+men, that are called the Knights, went with him so
+far as the borders of Tegea. Nor has any man, save
+Themistocles only, been so sent out of their country
+by the Spartans.</p>
+
+<p>When he came back to Athens a certain citizen of
+Aphidnæ, that came from Belbis, being his enemy, a
+man of no repute, reproached him, saying, “Thou
+hast these honors from the Spartans for Athens’ sake,
+not for thine own.” And when the man said this
+many times, Themistocles answered him, “Surely I
+had not been so honored had I been of Belbis, nor
+thou hadst thou been of Athens.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XX">
+ CHAPTER XX.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE PREPARING OF THE PERSIANS AND OF
+ THE GREEKS FOR THE WAR.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Mardonius and his host had their winter quarters
+in Thessaly. When he was now about to
+leave them, he sent one Mys, a man of Caria, to inquire
+of the oracles. This Mys inquired of the oracles
+and of Amphiaraus in Thebes. (No Theban
+may inquire of Amphiaraus, for he gave them their
+choice whether they would have him for their prophet
+or their helper; and they chose to have him for their
+helper.) But when Mardonius read the answer that
+had been given to Mys, he sent an envoy to Athens,
+even Alexander of Macedon, choosing him because
+his sister was married to a Persian, and because he
+was a friend to the Athenians.</p>
+
+<p>Of the ancestors of Alexander there is told this
+story. Three brothers of the royal house of Argos
+came into the land of Macedonia and took service
+with the King, one tending the horses, and one the
+cows, and one the smaller cattle. In those days not
+the people only, but the kings also were poor, so that
+the King’s wife was wont to bake the bread. And
+when she baked it she saw that the loaf of Perdiccas,
+that was the youngest of the brothers, grew to be
+twice as large as the other loaves. And as this happened<span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</span>
+day after day she told it to her husband. Then
+the man perceiving that it was a miracle, and signified
+no small matter, bade the three depart out of the
+country. But when they would have had their wages,
+he said to them, for it chanced that the sun was shining
+down the chimney into the house, “Here are
+your fit wages. This I give you;” and he pointed to
+the sunshine, for the Gods had taken his wits from
+him. The two elder stood astonished and said nothing,
+but the youngest, having a knife in his hand,
+drew a line with it on the floor round the sunshine,
+and made as if he would draw it up into his bosom
+three times, and so departed and his brothers with
+him. Now when they were gone, one went and told
+to the King what the youngest had done; and the
+King, when he heard it, was angry, and sent horsemen
+after them to slay them. But a certain river
+swelled so high when the three brothers of Argos had
+safely crossed it, that the horsemen could not follow.
+(Their descendants yet do sacrifice to this river as
+to their saviour.) The brothers took up their abode
+in a place which they call the Gardens of Midas.
+(Here are roses so great as can not be found elsewhere,
+having each sixty leaves, and over the gardens
+a mountain so cold that none can climb to the top.)
+From this place they went forth till they had conquered
+the whole land of Macedonia. From this
+Perdiccas came Alexander the Macedonian in the
+seventh generation.</p>
+
+<p>Alexander said, “Men of Athens, Mardonius bids
+me say that there has come to him this message from
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</span>the King, ‘I forgive the Athenians all their trespasses
+against me. And do thou this, Mardonius. Give
+them back their land and add to it any other that
+they will, and build again the temples that I burned
+with fire, if they will make agreement with me.
+And they shall live under their own laws.’ Mardonius
+also says, ‘This will I do unless ye on your part
+hinder me. And why do ye stand out against the
+King? Do ye not know his might? See this great
+host that I have. If so be that ye prevail over this,
+which indeed ye can not hope to do, there will come
+against ye a host many times greater. Why then
+will ye resist, losing your country and going always in
+danger of your lives?’ These are the words of Mardonius;
+and I, Alexander, for that I am your friend,
+beseech you to give ear to him, and to make agreement
+with the King, who has chosen you out of all
+the Greeks to make friendship and alliance with
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>Now the Spartans knew that Alexander had been
+sent by Mardonius to Athens. Whereupon they also
+sent ambassadors; and it was ordered that they should
+have audience of the people on the self-same day.
+When therefore Alexander had spoken, the Spartans
+stood forth, and urged them that they should not
+listen to the words of Mardonius, nor betray the
+Greeks. Also they promised that they would give
+sustenance to their women and children so long as
+the war should continue. To Alexander the Athenians
+made this answer: “We know how great is the
+power of the barbarians, yet will we resist it to the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</span>uttermost, holding fast to our freedom. Seek not
+then to persuade us, but say to Mardonius, ‘So long
+as the sun shall go by the path which now he goeth,
+we make no agreement with Xerxes, but will stand
+against him, the Gods and heroes whose temples he
+has burned with fire helping us.’ And thou, Alexander,
+come not again to Athens with such words as
+these, for thou art our friend and we would not willingly
+do thee hurt.”</p>
+
+<p>To the Spartans they said, “It is like enough that
+ye should be fearful about this thing. Nevertheless,
+ye, knowing what manner of men we are, did us
+great wrong. Know then there is no store of gold in
+all the world, nor land so fair that would tempt us to
+make agreement with the Persians. For first we can
+have no peace with them that have burned with fire
+our temples and the images of our Gods. And next
+we can not betray our brethren the Greeks that have
+one tongue with us and worship the same Gods.
+Know therefore that so long as one Athenian shall
+remain alive we will make no agreement with Xerxes.
+As for your kindness to us, we thank you; but we
+will not be burdensome to you. Only lead out your
+army with all speed. For we doubt not that the barbarians
+will invade our land a second time. Therefore
+should we meet him in Bœotia, and there join
+battle with him.”</p>
+
+<p>When Mardonius heard the words of the Athenians
+he marched forthwith into Attica, nor would he
+hearken to the Thebans when they counseled him to
+tarry in Bœotia and seek to divide the Greeks against
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</span>themselves. For they said, “If the Greeks be at one
+no power on earth can subdue them; but if thou wilt
+send gifts to the chief men in each state, thou wilt
+easily prevail.” But Mardonius greatly desired to be
+master of Athens a second time. This he did, but
+the Athenians had departed, some to their ships, but
+the greater part to Salamis.</p>
+
+<p>After this he sent another messenger with the same
+words that Alexander of Macedonia had brought, for
+he thought, “Now that they have lost their country
+a second time they will surely listen to him.” When
+the man—he was a Greek from the Hellespont—was
+brought into the council, a certain councilor, Lycidas,
+said, “Let us bring this matter before an assembly
+of the people.” But when the Athenians, both
+the councilors and they that stood without, heard
+these words, they were full of wrath, and rose up
+against Lycidas, and stoned him with stones that he
+died. And the women ran with one accord to his
+house and slew his wife and his children in the same
+fashion. But the messenger the Athenians sent away
+without hurt.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the Athenians had sent ambassadors to
+Sparta, complaining that the Spartans had not sent
+an army to defend Attica from the barbarians. Now
+the Spartans were keeping holiday, for it was the
+feast of Hyacinthus, and had no thought for any
+thing besides. Also the wall which they were building
+across the Isthmus was now well advanced, so
+that they were putting on it the battlements. The
+ambassadors therefore, being brought in before the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</span>Ephors, said, “The King was willing to make peace
+with us, and to give us back our country, and to add
+to it any other country that we would. But we would
+not betray Greece, though we knew that it should be
+more to our profit to make peace with the Persians
+than to continue fighting against them. We therefore
+have been true to you, but ye have been false to
+us, caring nothing for us now that ye have come near
+to finish your wall across the Isthmus. But come;
+now that Bœotia is lost we shall best fight in the
+plain of Thria.”</p>
+
+<p>To these words the Ephors made no answer, but
+put off the matter to the morrow; and on the morrow
+they did likewise, and so for ten days.</p>
+
+<p>But on the tenth day there came to the Ephors a
+man of Tegea, one Chileus, that had more weight
+with the Spartans than any other stranger. This
+Chileus said, “The matter stands thus, ye Ephors.
+If the Athenians be not your friends, but make agreement
+with the Persians, then how strong soever shall
+be your wall across the Isthmus, there will be many
+doors open into the Peloponnese. Hearken therefore
+to what these men say while it is time.”</p>
+
+<p>This counsel they took to heart. To the ambassadors
+they said nothing, but that same night they sent
+five thousand Spartans, and with each seven helots,
+their captain being Pausanias, the son of Cleombrotus.
+The next day the ambassadors came unto the
+Ephors, being minded to depart to their own country,
+and said, “Ye Spartans stay at home and keep
+holiday and leave the Greeks to perish. We Athenians<span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</span>
+will make agreement with the King, and will
+go with him whithersoever he will lead us.”</p>
+
+<p>To this the Ephors made answer with an oath,
+“The men are gone against the strangers (for they
+called the barbarians <i>strangers</i>), and are now in
+Oresteum of Arcadia.” When the ambassadors heard
+this they also departed; and at the same time there
+went five thousand men of Laconia, chosen men and
+fully armed.</p>
+
+<p>When the men of Argos knew that the Spartans
+had departed they sent a messenger to Mardonius,
+the swiftest runner they could find—for they had
+promised to keep the Spartans from coming—saying,
+“The Spartans have set forth, neither could we stay
+them. Take heed therefore to thyself.” When Mardonius
+heard this he would tarry no longer in Attica,
+but departed straightway, having first burned with
+fire and destroyed all that yet stood, whether house
+or temple. For Attica was not fit for horsemen, and
+if he should be worsted in the battle, there was no
+escape save by one narrow pass only. Wherefore he
+was minded to go back into Bœotia, for this country
+was fit for horsemen, and also was the country of
+friends. But while he was on his way there came
+another messenger saying that there was a thousand
+Spartans in the land of Megara, having come in advance
+of the army; and, thinking that he might cut
+them off, he changed his purpose and marched
+toward Megara, while the horsemen ravaged the
+country. Nor did the Persians make their way
+toward the setting sun further than this. And now
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</span>there came another messenger saying that the whole
+army of the Peloponnesians was at the Isthmus.
+Therefore he turned his course, and came into the
+territory of the Thebans. And here he encamped
+his army along the river Asopus from Erythræ to
+Platæa. And though the Thebans were friends to
+the Persians, he cut down all the trees in the country,
+not from hatred but from need, because he would
+have a rampart and a place of refuge if the battle
+should go against him. Such a rampart he made of
+ten furlongs every way.</p>
+
+<p>While the Persians were building this defense a
+certain Theban made a great feast to Mardonius and
+the Persians. Concerning this feast Thersander, a
+notable citizen of Orchomenus, told this story to
+Herodotus: “I was called to this feast with other
+Thebans, fifty in all, and there were called also fifty
+Persians. We were not set apart, but on each crouch
+a Persian and a Theban; and when we had dined and
+were now drinking, the Persian that was on the same
+couch said to me in the Greek tongue, ‘Whence
+art thou?’ and I said, ‘I am of Orchomenus.’ Then
+said he, ‘Since thou hast eaten with me from the
+same table and poured out a libation from the same
+cup, I will leave with thee a memorial of my belief,
+and this the more that thou mayest look after thine
+own life. Thou seest these Persians that are feasting
+with us and this army that we left encamped on the
+river. Of all these thou shalt see in a short time but
+few remaining.’ And when the Persian had so
+spoken he wept bitterly. And I said to him, for I
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</span>marveled much at his words, ‘Shouldst thou not tell
+this to Mardonius and to the Persians that are in
+high place with him?’ But the Persian answered,
+‘O my friend, that which the Gods order a man can
+not change, for though he speak the truth no one
+will hearken to him. Many of the Persians know
+these things that I have said unto thee, but are constrained
+by necessity to follow whither we are led.
+But of all the griefs in man’s life none is so sore as
+this, to know much and to have power to do nothing.’”</p>
+
+<p>This story did Thersander tell to Herodotus, as he
+told it to many others also, even before the battle of
+Platæa.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXI">
+ CHAPTER XXI.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE BATTLE OF PLATÆA.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The Spartans pitched their camp at the Isthmus,
+whither came the other men of the Peloponnese
+also, so many as followed the good cause, not being
+willing to be left behind when the Spartans went
+forth to the war. And from the Isthmus they
+marched to Eleusis. Here the Athenians, having
+crossed over from Salamis, came up with him. When
+they saw that the barbarians were encamped on the
+Asopus, they ranged themselves over against them
+on the slope of Mount Cithæron. Here Mardonius
+sent his cavalry under Masistius their captain to
+attack them. This Masistius was in great repute
+among the Persians, and he rode on a horse of Nisa,
+that had a bit of gold, and was otherwise richly
+adorned. The horsemen charged the Greeks by
+squadrons, and did them much damage.</p>
+
+<p>Now it so chanced that the men of Megara had
+been set in the place where the cavalry could most
+easily approach; and these, as they received much
+damage, sent a message to Pausanias, saying, “Send
+over and help us, for without help we can not hold
+our place.” Then Pausanias inquired whether any
+would take the place of the men of Megara, but none
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</span>were willing, save the Athenians only. Of these, three
+hundred chosen men, having with them the archers,
+took the place of the men of Megara. And after a
+while, the barbarians still charging by squadrons it
+chanced that an arrow struck the horse of Masistius
+on the flank, he being a long way in front of the
+others. And the horse reared by reason of the pain
+and threw off its rider; which when the Athenians
+saw, they ran forward and slew Masistius where he
+lay. For a while they could not kill him, for he had
+a breast-plate of scales of gold and a tunic of scarlet
+over it, and this could not be broken through by any
+blows; which when one of the soldiers perceived he
+drave his weapon into the man’s eye and so slew him.
+When the Persians saw that he was dead they charged
+with their whole force, seeking to get back his dead
+body, and the Athenians, on the other hand, called to
+their comrades to help them. So the battle waxed
+hot; and while the three hundred were alone they
+could not hold their ground; but the others coming up
+the Persians turned their backs, and, being now without
+a leader, returned to the camp.</p>
+
+<p>Mardonius and the Persians made a great lamentation
+over Masistius, cutting the hair from their heads,
+and the manes from their horses and beasts of burden,
+and making all Bœotia resound with their crying,
+for they had lost a man whom the army honored
+next after Mardonius himself. But the Greeks put
+the dead body in a cart, and caused it to be carried
+through the army, and indeed it was worthy to be
+looked at, both for beauty and for stature. The
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</span>cause why it was thus carried was that the men
+would leave their ranks to look at it.</p>
+
+<p>After this it seemed good to the Greeks to leave
+their place on the slopes of Cithæron and to come
+down to the territory of the Platæans. Here they
+set themselves in array, nation by nation, nigh to
+the fountain of Gargaphia and the precincts of the
+hero Andocrates, and they stood partly on certain
+small hillocks and partly on the plain.</p>
+
+<p>But while the army was being set in array there
+arose a very sharp contention between the Athenians
+and the men of Tegea, who should be set on the left
+wing. The men of Tegea affirmed that this place
+had always been theirs of right, saying, “When first
+the sons of Hercules came back to the Peloponnese
+we, with others that then dwelt therein, went forth
+to meet them.” Then Hyllus the son of Hercules
+said, “There is no need to put these two armies in
+peril. Let the men of the Peloponnese choose a
+champion that he may fight with me.” And an
+agreement was made, “If Hyllus slay the champion
+of the Peloponnesians, the children of Hercules shall
+return to their inheritance; but if the champion of
+the Peloponnesians slay Hyllus, then will the children
+of Hercules swear an oath that they will not
+again seek to return for the space of a hundred
+years. Then Echemus, that was King of Tegea,
+offered himself for champion, and slew Hyllus in
+battle. For this cause we have always had our place
+in one of the wings when the men of the Peloponnese
+go forth to battle.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</span></p>
+
+<p>To this the Athenians made answer, “We are come
+hither not to make speeches, but to fight against the
+barbarians. But as the men of Tegea will have a
+comparison of deeds we must of necessity set forth
+our claims. To the children of Hercules, whose
+leader they affirm themselves to have slain, we alone
+of all the Greeks gave shelter; and when the Thebans
+would not give up for burial the bodies of the
+Argives that had been slain in the siege of their city,
+we took them and buried them at Eleusis, and we
+fought against the Amazons, and in the war of Troy
+were not one whit behind any. But why should we
+speak of ancient things? Surely for what we did at
+Marathon, when we, alone of all the Greeks, fought
+against the Persians, and conquered them, putting to
+flight forty and six nations, we are worthy to have
+this honor, yea, and many other honors also.
+Nevertheless—for at such a time it is not fitting to
+dispute about places—we are ready to do as ye command,
+ye men of Sparta, and take our place wheresoever
+ye will, and there quit ourselves like men.”</p>
+
+<p>Then all the Spartans cried out with one voice that
+the Athenians were the more worthy to have the
+place.</p>
+
+<p>The whole number of the Greeks was of heavy-armed
+men thirty-eight thousand and seven thousand,
+and of light-armed sixty and nine thousand.</p>
+
+<p>Mardonius also set his battle in array. Over against
+the Spartans he set the Persians; and since these far
+excelled the Spartans in number he drew them up
+with their ranks deeper than common, and also so
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</span>ordered it that they stood opposite to the men of
+Tegea; only the best of them he set to deal with the
+Spartans. Next to the Persians he set the Medes,
+and next to the Medes the Bactrians. These stood
+over against the other dwellers in the Peloponnese.
+But against the Athenians he set such of the Greeks
+and Macedonians as had joined themselves to him.</p>
+
+<p>Both armies being now ready for battle, the soothsayers
+offered sacrifice. The Spartans had with them
+one Tisamenus, a man of Elis. To this Tisamenus,
+inquiring about his childlessness, there was given an
+oracle that he should be the winner in five very great
+contests. This he understood of the contests of the
+games. But when he had exercised himself for the
+fivefold contests at Olympia but had failed, being
+vanquished in wrestling by a man of Andros, the
+Spartans perceived that the oracle spake not of contests
+in sport but, of contests in battle. Then they
+sought to hire the man that he might go with them
+to battle. But he said, “Give me the citizenship of
+your city.” This they could not endure, but when
+the fear of the Persians hung over them they sent to
+him again. And Tisamenus, perceiving that they
+were changed, said, “Ye must give the citizenship
+not to me only but to my brother also.” To them
+only have the Spartans given their citizenship. So
+Tisamenus offered sacrifice, and the signs were for
+good luck if the Greeks stayed in their place, but for
+bad if they crossed the Asopus.</p>
+
+<p>To Mardonius also were given the same signs when
+he sacrificed before the battle. For he too had a
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</span>soothsayer, who divined after the Greek manner, a
+certain Hegistratus of Elis. This man had been
+taken by the Spartans and condemned to die, but set
+himself free in a marvelous way. The Spartans had
+set him with one foot in the stocks, these being of
+wood, but bound with iron. But some one giving
+him a tool of iron, he cut off with his own hand so
+much of his foot that he could draw that which was
+left through the hole. And after making his way
+through the woods, for he was watched by watch-men,
+he escaped to Tegea, traveling by night and
+hiding himself in the woods by day. And though
+the whole people of the Spartans sought for him he
+came safe on the third night to Tegea; for Tegea was
+in those days at enmity with Sparta. And now he
+served Mardonius right willingly, partly for gain,
+and partly for hatred of the Spartans.</p>
+
+<p>And for eight days the two armies sat over against
+each other doing nothing, save that the horsemen of
+the Persians laid hands on a convoy of five hundred
+beasts that brought food from the Peloponnese to the
+Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>Again they sat quiet for two days. On the eleventh
+day the Persians held a council. Then Artabazus, a
+man held in high esteem among the Persians, said,
+“Let us break up our camp, and bring our army to
+Thebes, where is a fenced city, and food in plenty for
+ourselves and our beasts. And when we are there,
+seeing we have gold, coined and uncoined, in abundance,
+and silver, and cups, let us take of these without
+stinting and send gifts to the Greeks, especially
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</span>to them that bear rule in the cities. Speedily will
+they give up their freedom.”</p>
+
+<p>But Mardonius, being of a contrary opinion, was
+very fierce and obstinate, saying, “We are much
+stronger than they. Therefore let us fight as speedily
+as may be. As for the signs of the soothsayer we
+will not heed them, but will give battle as the Persians
+are wont to do.” And the opinion of Mardonius
+prevailed, for it was he that was captain of the
+host.</p>
+
+<p>That night came Alexander of Macedon to the
+camp of the Greeks and desired to speak with the
+generals. Then ran some of the guards and said,
+“Here is come a horseman from the camp of the
+Persians, who would speak with the generals, naming
+them by name.” And when these had gone to the
+outposts they found Alexander, who said to them,
+“Men of Athens, tell to no man, save to Pausanias
+only, what I shall say unto you. For surely I had
+not come but that I had a great love for Greece;
+and indeed I am a Greek by descent, but would
+fain see this land free rather than enslaved. Hear,
+therefore. Mardonius can not get the signs as he
+would have them; else he would have given battle
+long since. But now he is minded not to heed the
+signs any more but to fight. Be ye not then taken
+unawares, but make ready to receive him. But
+if he still delay, then abide in your place, for he
+can not long hold out, having but a few days’ provision.
+And if the end of this war be as ye would have
+it, remember me and the kindness I have done you.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</span>I am Alexander the Macedonian.” When he had
+so spoken he rode back to his own people.</p>
+
+<p>After this Pausanias said to the Athenians, “It
+would be well that you should deal with the Persians,
+of whom ye have had experience, having prevailed
+over them at Marathon, and we with the Bœotians
+and the other Greeks. For we know nothing of the
+Persians and of their manner of fighting, but the
+Greeks we know well. Let us therefore go to our
+place in the line, and ye shall come to yours.”</p>
+
+<p>The Athenians answered, “We had this very thing
+in our minds, and would have spoken ourselves, but
+that we doubted whether it would please you. But
+now let it be done.”</p>
+
+<p>So Pausanias, it being now morning, began to lead
+his men to the left wing. But the Thebans perceiving
+it, told it to Mardonius, who changed his order also,
+which, when Pausanias saw, he led the Spartans
+back and stood as before. Then Mardonius sent a
+herald to the Spartans, saying, “Ye said that ye are
+braver than other men, never leaving your place,
+but remaining till ye slay your enemies or are yourselves
+slain. But this we now see to be false; for ye
+leave your place before ever the battle is joined.
+But come now. Will ye fight with an equal number
+of Persians, ye for the Greeks and they for the
+King?” When the herald had waited a while, and
+no man answered him a word, he departed.</p>
+
+<p>Then Mardonius, being greatly puffed up by this
+victory of words, commanded his horsemen that
+they should charge the Greeks. This they did,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</span>doing much damage with the throwing of javelins
+and the shooting of arrows, for they used the bow
+while they rode, so that the Greeks could not deal
+with them hand to hand. Also they choked the
+fountain of Gargaphia, from which all the Greeks
+drew water. The Spartans only had their place near
+to the fountain, but all the Greeks used it, for the
+horsemen and the archers of the barbarians kept
+them from the river. Then the captains held a
+council; and it seemed good to them, if the Persians
+should not fight that day, to change the place of their
+camp to the Island. This is before the city of Platæa,
+and men call it the Island because a certain
+river, coming down from Mount Cithæron, divides
+here into two streams which flow for a space three
+furlongs apart, and after join together again. So all
+that day they stood in their place, suffering grievously
+from the horsemen of the barbarians, and when it
+was night they began to change their place. And
+when the greater part of the Greeks had departed—but
+they went not to the Island, but fled straight to
+Platæa, and encamped by the temple of Here, which
+is before the city—Pausanias commanded the Spartans
+that they also should depart. The rest of the
+captains were willing to obey, but one Amompharetus,
+that led the men of Pitana, would not move,
+saying, “I will not fly from the strangers, nor bring
+disgrace upon Sparta.” Pausanias took it very ill
+that the man should not obey his command, yet he
+would not leave him and his company alone, lest
+they should be destroyed. For this cause he kept
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</span>the Spartans and their army in its place, and sought
+to persuade Amompharetus. And when the Athenians
+saw that the rest of the Greeks had departed,
+but that the Spartans remained, knowing that it was
+their custom to think one thing and say another,
+they sent a horseman to inquire whether they were
+minded to go or to remain. When the horseman
+came he found them in the very heat of the dispute,
+for Amompharetus took up a very great stone with
+both his hands and laid it at the feet of Pausanias,
+saying, “With this pebble I vote not to fly from the
+strangers” (for the Greeks give their votes with
+pebbles), and Pausanias affirmed that he was a fool
+and mad. And turning himself to the Athenian
+horseman, he said, “Ye see how things are with us;
+go and tell this to your captains.” So the men departed;
+but the Spartans ceased not to dispute till
+the day began to dawn. And then Pausanias gave
+the signal to depart, expecting that Amompharetus,
+when he found that they had departed, would also
+leave his place and follow them. And in this he
+judged rightly, for the man, thinking that he had
+been in truth forsaken, commanded his men that
+they should take their arms and follow the rest of
+the army. This they did, and came up with them
+in the space of ten furlongs, near to the temple of
+Demeter of Eleusis; for the army had waited for
+them there. The Athenians also left their place, but
+these marched all along the plain, while the Spartans
+kept to the hill for fear of the horsemen of the
+Persians.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</span></p>
+
+<p>When Mardonius heard that the Greeks had departed
+in the night, and beheld their place that it
+was empty, he called the sons of Aleuas, and said to
+them, “What say ye now, seeing this place is empty?
+Ye would have it that the Spartans fled from no man;
+yet ye saw before how they would have left their station,
+and now in this night now passed they have fled
+altogether. You indeed I can excuse, for ye know
+nothing of the Persians; but I marvel at Artabanus
+that he feared these men, and would have had us follow
+a coward’s counsel, even to break up our camp,
+and to suffer ourselves to be besieged in the city of
+Thebes. Verily the King shall hear of this matter.
+And indeed we must not suffer them to do as they
+would, but must pursue after them till we overtake
+them, and exact punishment for all the wrong that
+they have done.”</p>
+
+<p>When he had thus spoken he led the Persians
+across the Asopus, and followed the Spartans at full
+speed, as if they were verily flying from him; the
+Athenians he saw not, for they were hidden from him
+by the hills. And the other barbarians, when they
+saw the Persians moving, took up their standards
+and came after them, as quickly as they could, without
+any order, as though they would have swallowed
+up the Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>When Pausanias saw that the horsemen of the Persians
+were pressing him hard, he sent a messenger to
+the Athenians, saying, “Now that the hour is come
+when we must fight for Greece, whether she shall be
+enslaved or free, we and you, men of Athens, are all
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</span>alone, for our allies have fled. We must therefore
+help the one the other as best we may. If these
+horsemen had fallen on you, then had we and the
+men of Tegea—for they are faithful to Greece—have
+helped you; and now must ye help us; and because
+we know that ye have been more zealous than any
+other nation in this present war, we ask you with the
+more confidence.”</p>
+
+<p>When the Athenians heard these words they made
+ready to go to the help of the Spartans; but the
+Greeks that fought for the King fell on them and
+hindered them. The Spartans therefore being left
+alone, made ready to fight against Mardonius and the
+Persians. But for a while the signs did not favor
+them, and while they tarried many fell, and many
+more were wounded, for the Persians had made a
+rampart of wicker shields and shot their arrows from
+behind it, troubling the Spartans grievously. But
+still the signs were evil, till Pausanias, lifting up his
+eyes to the temple of Here of Platæa, cried aloud,
+“O goddess, disappoint not the hopes of the Greeks.”
+And as he prayed, the men of Tegea ran forward, and
+the Spartans—for at the last the signs favored them—advanced
+also. The Persians left shooting and
+came to meet them. First there was fighting at
+the rampart of the wicker shields; and when this
+was broken down a very fierce battle by the temple
+of Demeter, wherein they fought against each other
+hand to hand. Many a time did the barbarians lay
+hold of the spears of the Greeks, seeking to break
+them; for in courage and strength the Persians were
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</span>not one whit behind the Greeks, only they had not
+armor of defense, and were unused to battle, nor any
+match for their enemies in skill; but running forward,
+now one by one, and now in companies of ten,
+or, it might be, of more or less, threw themselves
+upon the Spartans, and so perished. Where Mardonius
+himself fought, riding on a white horse, having
+about him the thousand who were the bravest of
+all the Persians, the Greeks were hardest pressed. So
+long indeed as Mardonius lived his men held out, and
+smote down a few of the Spartans; but when he had
+fallen and his companions with him, the rest of the
+Persians fled before the Greeks, for their equipment,
+being without armor, was a grievous hindrance to
+them. And indeed they were light-armed men, fighting
+with heavy-armed.</p>
+
+<p>Thus did Mardonius and his host pay due penalty
+for the death of Leonidas, and Pausanias won a victory
+more glorious than any man had ever won before.
+As for Mardonius himself, he was slain by one
+Æimnestus, that perished afterward, he and three
+hundred Spartans with him, fighting against the
+whole host of the Messenians.</p>
+
+<p>The Persians, being now put to flight by the Spartans,
+fled without any order to their camp, to the defense
+of trees which they had made. As to the precinct
+of Demeter, though many fell round about it,
+none fell within it, or so much as entered it, the goddess,
+it is to be supposed—if it is lawful to suppose
+any thing about the Gods—herself keeping them from
+it, because they had burned her dwelling at Eleusis.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</span></p>
+
+<p>Artabazus having sought to hinder Mardonius from
+giving battle, when he found that he could not prevail,
+took counsel for his own safety. He commanded
+his men, of whom he had forty thousand, to
+follow at such speed as they should perceive him to
+use. Then he made as if he would have joined the battle,
+but seeing the Persians already in fight, he turned
+round and made with all speed for the Hellespont.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Greeks that fought for the King, they
+all played the coward of set purpose, saving the
+Bœotians. These fought very fiercely with the Athenians,
+so that three hundred of them were slain.</p>
+
+<p>Of the rest of the barbarians some stood against
+the Greeks, but fled so soon as they saw the Persians
+giving way. Nevertheless the horsemen, both Persian
+and Theban, did good service, coming between
+them that fled and the Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>As for the rest of the Greeks, none did good service
+save the Spartans, and the Athenians, and the men of
+Tegea only. For when they heard that Pausanias
+prevailed, they hastened from Platæa with great haste
+and without order, which a captain of the Theban
+horsemen perceiving, he charged the men of Megara
+and of Phlius, that were marching along the plain,
+and slew six hundred of them, and drave the rest to
+Mount Cithæron. So these men perished without
+honor.</p>
+
+<p>The men of Mantinea and of Elis came when the
+battle was now finished, greatly lamenting that they
+were late. These, when they had returned to their
+cities, banished their captains.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</span></p>
+
+<p>For none of the Greeks fought in this battle of
+Platæa save the Spartans and the Athenians and the
+men of Tegea only.</p>
+
+<p>Now the Persians that had fled to the camp were
+able to climb into the towers before the Spartans
+came up; and being there, they held the wall as best
+they could. And indeed before the coming of the
+Athenians the barbarians kept back the Spartans,
+who are but little skilled in fighting against fortified
+places. But after the coming of the Athenians the
+wall was attacked yet more fiercely than before.
+These after a while prevailed, climbing to the top of
+the wall, and making a breach, so that the Greeks
+could enter in. And of all the Greeks the first to
+enter were the men of Tegea. These spoiled the tent
+of Mardonius, taking therefrom the mangers of brass
+from which his horses had eaten. And so the barbarians
+held out no longer, but were slaughtered as
+sheep, so that of the whole host there were left three
+thousand only. But Artabazus had taken with him
+forty thousand. Of the Spartans there perished ninety
+and one; of the men of Tegea sixteen; of the Athenians
+fifty and two.</p>
+
+<p>Of the barbarians the bravest were the Persians
+among the foot soldiers, and the Sacæ among the
+horsemen; but of all Mardonius fought the best.
+Among the Greeks the Spartans excelled, and among
+the Spartans Aristodemus, that had come back from
+Thermopylæ, and Posidonius and Philocyon and
+Amompharetus. But of Aristodemus the Spartans
+said that he had manifestly sought for death by reason<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</span>
+of his disgrace, and they paid no honor to him;
+but to the others that had not desired to die they paid
+honor.</p>
+
+<p>As for Callicrates, that was the goodliest man not
+among the Spartans only, but among all the Greeks,
+he was slain, but not in the battle. For while Pausanias
+was sacrificing, and he sat in his place in the
+ranks, an arrow smote him in the side. Therefore,
+when his comrades went forward to the battle, men
+carried him out of the battle, being very loth to die,
+for he said to a Platæan that stood by, “It does not
+trouble me that I die for Greece, but that I die without
+putting my hand to the fight, or doing such
+worthy deeds as I had desired.” Of the Athenians
+the bravest was Sophanes of Decelea, of whom they
+say that he had an anchor fastened to his belt by a
+chain of brass; and that when he came near to the
+enemy, he threw out his anchor so that he might not
+be able to be driven from his post; and that when
+the enemy fled, he took up his anchor and pursued.
+But others say he had the device of an anchor on his
+shield.</p>
+
+<p>Of Pausanias they tell this story, that coming into
+the camp of the Persians, he found the war-tent of
+Xerxes, for Xerxes had left it with Mardonius. And
+when he saw it with its furniture of gold and silver,
+and adorned with hangings of divers colors, he commanded
+the bakers and the cooks that they should
+prepare a feast as they were wont to do for Mardonius.
+And when he saw the couches of gold and silver with
+their dainty coverlets, and tables of gold and silver,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</span>and all the furniture of the feast very rich, he was
+astonished; and for mirth’s sake bade his servants
+prepare a dinner in the Spartan fashion. When they
+had so done, Pausanias laughed, seeing how great
+was the difference between them; and, sending for
+the other captains of the Greeks, he said to them, “I
+have brought you here that I may show you the folly
+of these Persians, who, having such fare as this,
+came to rob us of our poverty.”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</span></p>
+
+
+ <h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXII">
+ CHAPTER XXII.
+ <br><br>
+ <span class="fs80">OF THE BATTLE AT MYCALE.</span>
+ </h2>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>While these things were being done in the land
+of Bœotia, the fleet of the Greeks lay at
+Delos, Leotychides of Sparta being its chief captain;
+but the fleet of the Persians was at Samos. And
+there came from Samos three men whom the people
+of the land sent to the captains of the Greeks; but
+neither did the Persians know of their going, nor
+Theomestor the lord of the land, for the Persians had
+made him lord.</p>
+
+<p>When these men were come into the presence of
+the captains, they were very urgent with them, saying,
+“If the Ionians do but see you, they will revolt
+from the Persians; nor will these abide your coming;
+or, if they abide it, ye will find such a prey as ye
+could not find elsewhere. It is right that ye should
+help men that are Greeks and worship the same gods.
+Right is it and easy withal, for the ships of the Persians
+are no match for yours. And if ye doubt
+whether we come in good faith, take us with you in
+your ships as hostages.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Leotychides asked the chief speaker of the
+three, “Man of Samos, what is thy name?” asking
+either because he sought for a sign or by chance and
+by inspiration of God. And the man said, “Hegesistratus,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</span>
+which is by interpretation “Leader of
+armies.” Then said Leotychides, “I accept the sign
+of this word—leader of armies. Only you must
+pledge your word, you and these others, that the
+men of Samos will be zealous and true.” Then the
+three pledged their word with an oath. And the
+Greeks sailed to Samos, taking with them Hegesistratus,
+for they took his name for a good sign. Also
+they had with them a soothsayer, one Deiphonus, the
+son of Evenius of Apollonia. Of Evenius they tell
+this story. The men of Apollonia have a flock of
+sheep that are sacred to the sun. And these feed by
+day by the river that flows from Mount Lacmon, and
+by night they are kept by men wealthy and noble,
+chosen from among the citizens, each man keeping
+them a year; for the men of Apollonia by reason of
+a certain oracle make much account of these sheep.
+They are folded by night in a cave that is far distant
+from the city; and it chanced that this Evenius,
+having the charge of them on a certain night, fell
+asleep, and that while he slept wolves entered into
+the caves and devoured sixty of them. Evenius indeed
+sought to keep the matter secret, purposing to
+put another sixty in the place of these, but it came to
+the knowledge of the people; and they brought him
+to judgment for his misdeed and condemned him to
+lose his eyes. But lo! after they had blinded him,
+the sheep bare no more any young, nor the land its
+wonted increase. And when the men of Apollonia
+inquired the cause of the oracle of Dodona, the
+prophet answered them, “Ye have done wickedly,
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</span>blinding Evenius, the keeper of the sheep. The
+Gods sent these wolves; nor will they cease to
+avenge the man’s cause till ye shall make him such
+satisfaction as he shall himself demand of you. And
+when ye have done this, then will the Gods themselves
+give him such a gift that all men shall call him
+blessed.”</p>
+
+<p>When this oracle came to them, the men of Apollonia
+kept the matter close, and sent certain citizens
+to make an agreement with Evenius. This agreement
+they made in this wise. They found Evenius
+sitting on a bench. Then they sat down by him, and
+when they had spoken of other things, came at the
+last to condole with him for his mishap. And they
+asked him, saying, “Evenius, if the men of Apollonia
+were minded to give thee satisfaction for this
+injury, what wouldst thou demand?” Now Evenius
+had not heard of the oracle, and he said, “If they
+will give me such and such lands,” and he named the
+two citizens that he knew to have the best lands in the
+country, “and such a house,” and he named a house
+that he knew to be the fairest in the whole city, “I
+will lay aside my wrath, holding that I have had due
+satisfaction.” Then they that sat by him answered,
+“Evenius, the men of Apollonia give thee the satisfaction
+that thou demandest, according to the words
+of the oracle.” Evenius, indeed, was very wroth
+when he heard the whole matter, and knew how he
+had been deceived; but the men of Apollonia bought
+the lands and the house from them that possessed
+them and gave to Evenius the things which he had
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</span>desired. Immediately after this there fell upon him
+a gift of prophecy, so that he became famous throughout
+Greece. Deiphonus, son of this Evenius, was
+now soothsayer to the Greeks. But some say that
+Deiphonus was not truly his son, but had taken his
+name and plied the trade of a soothsayer for hire.</p>
+
+<p>The Greeks, finding the signs to be good, sailed to
+Samos; but when the Persians knew of their coming
+they left their place and sailed to the mainland, having
+first sent away the ships of the Phœnicians, for
+they judged that they could not meet the Greeks in
+battle, and they desired to have the help of their
+army that was on the mainland; for Xerxes had left
+at Mycale, that is over against Samos, sixty thousand
+men, under Tigranes, a Persian of notable beauty and
+stature, to keep guard over Ionia.</p>
+
+<p>So the captains of the Persian ships came to Mycale,
+and drew their ships up on the shore and made
+a fence round them of stones and wood, cutting down
+the fruit trees that were in the place, and setting
+stakes in the ground about the fence.</p>
+
+<p>When the Greeks knew that the barbarians had fled
+to the mainland, they were greatly troubled that the
+men had escaped out of their hands, and doubted
+whether they should go home or sail to the Hellespont.
+But in the end they did neither the one thing
+nor the other, but sailed to the mainland, having got
+ready boarding bridges and other things needful for
+a sea-fight. But when they were come to the place,
+there were none to meet them, but they saw the ships
+drawn up within the ramparts, and a great army sat
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</span>in array along the shore. First of all Leotychides
+sailed in his ship along the shore, keeping as close to
+the shore as might be, and crying with a loud voice,
+“Men of Ionia that chance to hear me, listen to that
+which I now say, for the Persians will understand
+none of my words. When we join battle, remember
+all of you first Freedom, and then our watchword, and
+this is Hebe. And if there are any that chance not
+to hear me, let others tell my words to them.” Now
+the purpose of these words was the same as of the
+words which Themistocles wrote upon the rocks at
+Artemisium. If they came not to the knowledge of
+the Persians, then they might persuade the Ionians;
+but if they came to their knowledge they would
+cause the Persians to put no trust in their allies.
+When Leotychides had ended speaking these words,
+the allies brought their ships to the land and disembarked,
+and set themselves in array for the battle.</p>
+
+<p>But the Persians, when they saw how the Greeks
+set themselves in array, considered the words which
+had been spoken to the Ionians. And first of all
+they took away from the men of Samos their arms,
+suspecting that they favored the Greeks. This they
+did because the men of Samos had paid the ransom
+of five hundred Athenians whom the armies of the
+King had found lingering in the land of Attica, and
+had carried away captive into Asia. Next after this
+they sent the men of Miletus to keep the ways that
+led to the heights of Mycale, for they knew the
+country. This they said, but in truth they desired
+to keep them outside the camp. Thus did the Persians<span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</span>
+seek to guard themselves against the Ionians,
+if these were minded to help the Greeks; and after
+this they made a rampart of wicker shields to be a
+defence against the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>And now the Greeks, all things being ready, began
+to go forward against the barbarians. And lo! as
+they went there ran a rumor through the whole army
+and at the same time they saw a herald’s staff lying
+on the sea-shore. And the rumor was this, that the
+Greeks were doing battle in the land of Bœotia with
+the army of Mardonius, and were prevailing over it.
+And this is one of the many proofs that the gods
+have a thought for the affairs of men; for how else,
+when it had chanced that this battle at Mycale and
+the ruin that fell on the Persians at Platæa should
+fall out on the self-same day, came this rumor to the
+Greeks making them to be of a good courage and
+willing to put their lives in jeopardy? At Platæa
+the battle was in the morning, and at Mycale it was
+toward evening. And before the rumor came they
+had been fearful, not so much for themselves as for
+the Greeks, lest they should flee before Mardonius.
+But now their fear ceased, and they ran forward both
+quicker and with better courage. And indeed both
+the barbarians and the Greeks had much eagerness
+for the battle, whereof the prize was the Hellespont
+and the islands.</p>
+
+<p>Now the Athenians and they that were with them,
+being altogether one-half the army, marched along
+the shore where the way was level, but the Lacedæmonians
+with the rest of the army marched over hills
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</span>and the channel of a stream. And thus it came to
+pass that while these were making their compass the
+Athenians had now joined battle. So long as the
+wicker rampart was standing the Persians held their
+own and were not worsted in the fight; but when the
+Athenians and their fellows, desiring to have the
+victory for themselves, encouraged each other and
+attacked the Persians more fiercely, things went
+otherwise. For the Greeks burst through the rampart
+and fell in one body upon the Persians. These
+indeed awaited their coming and held out for a time,
+but at last fled into the fort. And the Athenians
+with the men of Corinth and of Sicyon and of Trœzen—for
+these had been set next to the Athenians—entered
+into the fort along with them. And now
+when their fort was taken, the barbarians made no
+more resistance, but fled all of them, save the Persians
+only. But while these still held out against the
+Greeks, a few fighting together, there came up the
+Lacedæmonians and the others, and slew them all.
+Not a few of the Greeks fell in this battle, especially
+among the men of Sicyon.</p>
+
+<p>The men of Samos, from whom the Persians had
+taken their arms, did good service to the Greeks
+while they were fighting. As for the men of Miletus,
+they did not what had been commanded them, but
+led the Persians astray, so that they went into the
+hands of the enemy, and at last fell upon them with
+their own hands. Thus did Ionia revolt that day a
+second time from the King.</p>
+
+<div class="chapter transnote">
+<p class="center"><b>Transcriber’s Notes</b></p>
+
+<p>Perceived typographical errors have been silently corrected.</p>
+</div>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78980 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>